Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast with Courtney Elmer | Podcasting Strategy for Business Growth on Steno.fm

Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast with Courtney Elmer | Podcasting Strategy for Business Growth

This isn’t another “share great content and stay consistent” podcast about podcasting. We’re breaking down 15,000+ hours of study into what top hosts do differently to create bingeworthy podcasts that convert. Hosted by Forbes- and Rolling Stone-featured podcast psychology expert and Webby Awards judge Courtney Elmer—who’s helped over 70+ hosts launch Top 100 shows—you’ll get the tools and strategies other shows won’t dare to share. Expect unfiltered coaching, behind-the-scenes breakdowns, and the kind of “why didn’t anyone tell me this sooner?!” advice to help you build a podcast your future clients can’t stop bingeing (and buying from). So if you...

Wed, July 23, 2025
Why Your Social Posts Aren’t Driving Podcast Growth
If you’re tired of posting content to social media trying to grow your podcast only to get four likes and no new downloads—the problem isn’t the algorithm. The problem is that you’re expecting social to drive podcast growth instead of letting your podcast drive your social strategy. That's because social isn’t where people go to discover your podcast. It’s where they decide if they trust you enough to listen to your show in the first place. That's why in this episode, I'll show you how to reverse-engineer your social media strategy, using your podcast as the engine behind scroll-stopping short-form content that builds trust, keeps you visible, and shortens the path to sales. So if you're ready to build an online presence that reinforces your podcast *and* the bigger message you’re here to share, hit play and let's dive in. 1:12 – Why Your Podcast Clips Get Ignored (Even When the Episode’s Good) 4:05 – Why Likes Won't Always Lead to New Listeners 6:20 – How to Turn One Episode Into 5 Posts That Build Trust 15:48 – The One Thing Every Social Post Needs to Drive Clicks to Your Podcast 18:10 – What Connor Price Gets Right About Content that Converts Episode Links: @ConnorPrice Other Episodes You’ll Love: Why Content Repurposing Doesn’t Work—and What to Do Instead How Much Should You Actually Teach Inside Your Podcast Episodes? → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, July 16, 2025
How to Position Your Podcast So People Want to Work With You | Cheryl Fischer
If you’ve ever thought, “My content’s so good—so why aren’t more people listening?” the problem might not be your content at all. It might be what your podcast is saying about you before people ever hit play (and what you’re saying once they do). Because even if your episodes are packed with value, if your show doesn’t clearly signal why people should pick your show out of hundreds of others they could listen to, the right listeners will scroll right past it. That’s exactly what was happening for Cheryl Fischer, too. In this episode, you’ll hear how she went from doing everything “right” but still not seeing results, to rebranding her show in a way that finally got the right listeners tuning in, reaching out, and seeing her as the expert they wanted to work with. So if you're ready to stop blending in and uncover the messaging gaps that are keeping the right listeners from hitting play, sharing your episodes, and emailing you asking, “How can I work with you?”—hit play and let’s dive in. 1:18 – Why Great Content Isn’t Enough to Get Listeners Choosing Your Show 3:40 – The Hidden Messaging Gaps That Could Be Keeping People From Hitting Play 6:25 – Why Effort Spent on Your Podcast Doesn’t Always Equal Traction 8:04 – How to Niche Down Without Losing the Listeners Who Matter 9:52 – The Message Shift That Gets Listeners Engaging Instead of Scrolling Past 16:44 – The Signs Your Podcast Is Finally Reaching the Right People Episode Links: Check out Cheryl Fischer’s podcast: Mind Your Midlife Connect with Cheryl: Website | LinkedIn Other Episodes You’ll Love: How to Make Your Podcast Worth Every Second You Spend on It Boring Podcasts Get Ignored. Fix THIS . → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit fo
Wed, July 09, 2025
Q + A | How Much Should You Actually Teach Inside Your Podcast Episodes?
You’ve been told to make your podcast content “valuable,” but no one ever tells you what that actually means. So you default to teaching step-by-step—hoping that if you give away enough value for free, your inbox will be flooded with messages from people asking how to work with you. But that’s not how it works. Because listeners won’t hire you if they feel like they already got everything they came for. So where’s the line between giving enough and giving too much? How much can you share on your podcast without hurting conversions? And if you don’t have a business yet (or you're still figuring out how to monetize), how do you stay top of mind without giving so much away that there's nothing left to sell? In this episode, I’m showing you how to keep your content genuinely helpful and intentionally designed to move listeners closer to working with you. If you’re ready to stay out of the “free coach” zone and build real demand for your work without overwhelming your audience or undercutting your value, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:58 – What “Valuable Content” Actually Means (And Why Most Podcasters Get It Wrong) 3:22 – The Subtle Way You’re Training Your Audience Not to Hire You 8:10 – A Simple Test to Know If You’re Sharing Too Much 12:45 – What Listeners Actually Need From Your Episodes 18:33 – How to Be Genuinely Helpful Without Turning Your Show Into a Free Advice Library or Undermining Your Paid Work Episode Links: The 5 Podcasting Metrics No One's Teaching (That Actually Tell You If Your Show is Growing) How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found Other Episodes You’ll Love: Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the rig
Thu, July 03, 2025
How to Grow Your Podcast Audience and Email List at the Same Time | Jay Schwedelson
Most podcasters treat email like a checkbox: “Sent the episode to my list—done.” But if that’s your whole strategy, it’s why no one's clicking. In this episode, email marketing legend and Do This Not That podcast host Jay Schwedelson is back to break down what it actually takes to use email to drive real podcast growth. You’ll learn why the first two words of your subject line decide whether your email gets opened, the one stat that can 20x your open rate, and how to grow your list daily using content you’re already creating. And if you’ve ever held back from emailing your list because you “don’t want to be annoying,” Jay unpacks how that fear is quietly training your audience to ignore you—and what to do instead. You’ll walk away knowing how to write emails people actually want to read, so hitting play feels like the obvious next step. So if you're ready to become the trusted voice your audience actually wants in their inbox (and their earbuds), hit play and let’s dive in. 3:15 – The Surprising Habit That Trains Your List to Ignore Your "New Episode" Emails 6:14 – A Simple Way to Turn Podcast Listeners Into Subscribers (and Vice Versa) 16:19 – Two Subject Line Hacks That 20x Open Rates 8:15 – 5 Ways to Grow Your Email List From Your Podcast (Without Building a New Freebie Every Time) 18:08 – What to Email Your List That Brings People Back to Your Show Episode Links: Get instant feedback on your subject lines before you hit send: SubjectLine.com Check out Jay Schwedelson’s Podcast: Do This, Not That Connect with Jay: Website | Linked In Other Episodes You’ll Love: What to Post on LinkedIn to Grow Your Podcast This Week → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: <a href='https://www.linke
Wed, July 02, 2025
What to Post on LinkedIn to Grow Your Podcast This Week | Jay Schwedelson
Still think LinkedIn is just for job seekers or recruiter pitches? Think again. It’s one of the last platforms where organic reach actually works—and it might be one of the fastest ways to get new listeners to your podcast every week. In this episode, Jay Schwedelson breaks down the exact LinkedIn strategy he's used to help grow Do This, Not That into a Top 10 marketing podcast in the U.S., with over 390 episodes and 2,000+ glowing reviews—all in under two years. By the end of this episode, you’ll know exactly how to structure your LinkedIn posts to drive more listeners to your podcast, how to get those posts in front of the right people fast, and how to run the entire system in just 20 minutes a day. So if you’re ready to grow your podcast this week using the same LinkedIn strategy that got Jay into the Top 10, hit play and let’s dive in. 8:31 – Why Most LinkedIn Content Looks Good But Still Gets Ignored 10:04 – The Exact Post Format That Sends People to Your Show 11:06 – The Targeting Strategy to Reach the Right Listeners Without a Big List or Budget 13:28 – The One Link Mistake That’s Burying Your Show 16:10 – The Personal Follow-Up That Turns Likes into Listeners Episode Links: Here’s the Video Clip Format Jay Uses to Get Listeners on LinkedIn Check out Jay Schwedelson’s Podcast: Do This, Not That Connect with Jay: Website | Linked In Other Episodes You’ll Love: How to Grow Your Podcast Audience and Email List at the Same Time → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ <br
Wed, June 25, 2025
Use This Podcast CTA Framework to Turn Your Listeners Into Leads
If you’ve ever asked yourself, “Where in my episode should I put my call to action?” — this one’s for you. Because even if your CTA is perfectly worded, it won’t drive action if it’s in the wrong spot or the listener payoff isn’t clear. And if your audience isn’t taking the next step, you’re not just missing out on listener engagement—it’s a hidden leak in your lead flow, costing you potential clients and revenue you don’t even realize you’re losing. In this episode, we’re breaking down exactly where to place your calls to action, how to track if they’re working, and what to do with that data once you have it. Plus, I give you a super simple CTA framework you can swipe and start using in your next episode. So if you're tired of giving CTAs that feel awkward (and you’re ready to say yours like a human and finally know if it’s doing what you want it to do) hit play and let’s dive in. 1:00 – The Worst Place to Put Your CTA (and Why It Turns Cold Listeners Off) 2:40 – The Only “Rule” for CTA Placement That Actually Matters 3:22 – Where Your CTA Actually Belongs (Hint: It’s Not Pre-roll, Mid-roll, or Post-roll) 6:52 – Why Saying Your CTA Like a Human Gets More Clicks (and Builds Trust) 9:08 – The 3 Parts Every Strong CTA Should Include 13:03 – How to Test, Track, and Tweak Your CTAs for Better Results Other Episodes You’ll Love: How Do I Give a Podcast CTA That Doesn't Sound Salesy? → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, June 18, 2025
Q + A | How Do I Give a Podcast CTA That Doesn't Sound Salesy?
You KNOW you should give a call to action in every podcast episode. But every time you sit down to record, your brain short-circuits — should you tell them to follow the show? Join your list? Download the freebie? Book a call? Support your sponsor? Buy your thing? Say too much and you sound desperate. Say too little and you miss your chance to turn listeners into leads. In this episode, I’m breaking down the real reason CTAs feel awkward, the difference between a call to engage and a call to action (yes, they’re different), what to say instead of stacking five random asks at the end of your episode, and how to say exactly what listener needs to hear to take the next step. If you’ve ever felt unsure of what to offer, how to offer it, or afraid of pushing people away when you do — hit play and dive in. 1:02 – The Surprising Reason You Freeze Up When It's Time to Give a Call to Action (CTA) 2:22 – What Not Giving a CTA Is Costing You 7:36 – How to Guide Your Audience From Listener → Lead → Client 8:52 – What a Strong CTA Actually Sounds Like 14:15 – Why You Don’t Need a New Freebie for Every Episode 16:02 – The 2 CTA Entry Points I Recommend (And Use) 22:06 – How to Handle CTAs When You Have a Sponsor 24:08 – What to Do Next If You Want Your CTAs to Start Driving Real Results Other Episodes You’ll Love: If Your Podcast Isn’t Converting Listeners to Leads, This Could Be Why → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, June 11, 2025
Fix My Pod | Not Getting Listener Feedback? You're Probably Missing This One Thing
You’re showing up. You’re publishing every week. So why does it still feel like no one’s listening? That’s the question Conrad—documentary filmmaker and host of The First Responder Wellness Podcast—was asking when he came to me for help. He's nearly 80 episodes in and reaching first responders across the country… but getting no reviews, no shares, and not enough listener engagement to know if the podcast is actually helping anyone. In this Fix My Pod coaching session, we dig into why this happens and the exact shifts you can make to turn passive listeners into people who reach out, leave reviews without being asked, and start sharing your episodes in group chats saying, “You have to hear this!” So if your show feels more like a weekly conversation with the four walls in your studio rather than a tool for connection and growth with real listeners, this episode will show you how to fix it. Hit play and let's dive in. Want more help creating a podcast that gets attention—and gets results? Apply for on-air coaching here (spots are limited). 4:56 – 80 Episodes In and Still No Listener Engagement? Here’s What’s Missing 6:45 – The #1 Thing That Stops Listeners From Leaving Reviews 13:02 – The Surprising Link Between Listener Engagement and Your Podcast Positioning 17:48 – What Listeners Need to Hear Before They’ll Ever Follow, Share, or Rate Your Show 20:10 – What Actually Gets Listeners to Reach Out and Say, “I Needed This” Other Episodes You’ll Love: Want More Engaged Listeners? Get Them Talking Back 3 Easy (and Ethical) Ways to Get More Podcast Reviews → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. <a href='htt
Wed, June 04, 2025
The 5 Podcasting Metrics No One's Teaching (That Actually Tell You If Your Show is Growing)
Downloads are the most unreliable metric for measuring a podcast’s true success. The problem? Most podcasters still rely solely on them to decide if their show is “working.” In this episode, find out why the podcasting metrics that matter most aren’t the ones at the top of your dashboard, and learn to decode what these five key data points say about your show's growth. If you’re ready to make sense of your numbers and finally build a show that grows (without guessing and without wasting time on tracking the wrong metrics) hit play and let’s dive in. 0:07 – Why Downloads Are the Most Misleading Metric for Your Show 1:14 – The 3 Hidden Data Points That Actually Reveal Podcast Growth 5:09 – How to Instantly Tell If Your Content Holds Attention 13:26 – What Your Listeners Are Silently Telling You (If You Know How to Listen) 16:10 – How to Know if Your Episodes Actually Matter to Your Audience Other Episodes You'll Love: How Do You Make Listeners Stay Longer? (and Why It Matters) 4 Key Signs Your Podcast Is Making an Impact → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | <a href='https://
Thu, May 29, 2025
Why Spotify’s New “Plays” Feature Actually Hurts Independent Podcasters
Spotify just rolled out a new feature called “Plays” that shows your episode play counts publicly inside their app. But this move isn’t about helping creators. It’s about algorithmically manipulating what used to be a level playing field—and it benefits Spotify, not you. Worse? It distracts you from the metrics that actually show if your podcast is working. And for independent, niche hosts, this one visible number will breed unhealthy comparison, magnify self-doubt, and drive thousands of talented podcasters to quit before their show ever has a chance to grow. In this episode, we’re breaking down what you need to know about this new metric, why it tells you nothing about the true health of your show, and what to focus on instead if you want a real understanding of how your content is resonating with listeners. Want to know what smart podcasters are tracking instead? Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:07 – Why Spotify’s New “Plays” Metric Is Misleading (and Who It Really Serves) 0:58 – How Public Play Counts Create Unfair (and False) Comparisons 4:51 – Why Vanity Metrics Trap You in the Illusion of Growth 8:10 – The 3 Data Points That Reveal Whether Your Podcast Is Actually Growing 11:15 – Why These 3 Metrics Are the Clearest Measure of Your Podcast’s True Health Episode Links: Article: Why Spotify’s New “Plays” Feature Actually Hurts Independent Podcasters Other Episodes You’ll Love: 4 Key Signs Your Podcast Is Making an Impact 5 Metrics No One’s Teaching That Tell You If Your Podcast Is Growing → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | <a href='https://www.podla
Wed, May 28, 2025
8 Ways to Fill a Content Gap Without Sounding Unprepared
Quick—nothing’s batched and an episode’s due tomorrow. What do you do? Panic? Procrastinate? Skip it and hope no one notices? Sure, you could ghost your audience—but what does that really cost you? Authority. Credibility. The listener trust you’ve worked so hard to build. That’s why in this episode, I’m giving you 8 plug-and-play ideas you can use anytime your production schedule falls apart and you’re about to spiral into “I’m failing at podcasting.” These are the exact strategies I’ve used when a hurricane hits, school randomly shuts down, or I’m on vacation. They’ve never failed me in over 5+ years of podcasting—and they'll save you one day too. So if you want to run your podcast like a pro (and make sure one rough week doesn’t undo the consistency, trust, and credibility that set your show apart) hit play and let’s dive in. 1:18 – Why Skipping an Episode Does More Damage Than You Think 3:02 – The Backup Plan Every Pro Needs for Sick Days, Travel Plans, and Life's Curveballs 4:44 – 8 Plug-and-Play Ways to Save Your Schedule When You’ve Got Nothing Batched 10:52 - Why These Backup Strategies Are My Secret Weapon for Consistency 14:36 – How to Take a Structured Hiatus Without Breaking the Trust You’ve Built Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How Do You Fit Time to Prep Your Podcast Into Your Schedule? → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, May 22, 2025
Q + A | How Do You Fit Time to Prep Your Podcast Into Your Schedule?
It’s the day before your episode goes live—and you still have to outline it, record it, edit it, and get it all done before 6:00 am tomorrow morning when your listeners will be looking for it. You tell yourself you work better under pressure, but this pace is unsustainable. It drains your energy, kills your creativity, and honestly? It makes you hate your podcast. In this episode, I’m answering a listener’s question about finding time to prep your episodes—and exposing what’s really behind the last-minute race to hit publish. You’ll get the exact system I use to stay a month ahead on content, so you can plan without pressure, record without rushing, and stop duct-taping episodes together at midnight the night before they air. So if you’re *over* staying up late and showing up tired in the name of staying consistent, hit play and let’s dive in. 1:12 – Why “Finding Time to Record” Keeps You Editing at Midnight and Praying the Wi-Fi Holds 3:18 – What Your Listeners Can Hear When You Show Up With Last-Minute Energy 5:05 – How I Stay a Month Ahead on Content and Still Follow Inspiration When it Hits 7:30 – Why Letting Guests Control Your Calendar Sabotages Your Authority 9:48 – The System That Turns Shower Thoughts Into Fully Formed Episodes Other Episodes You’ll Love: Steal This Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half 8 Ways to Fill a Content Gap Without Sounding Unprepared → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, May 21, 2025
How Long Should Your Podcast Episodes Be? The Answer Might Surprise You
You’ve probably Googled it. You’ve definitely heard five different answers from five different podcast “experts.” But how long should your episodes be? That depends entirely on your listener—and in this episode, I’m showing you how to figure out your perfect episode length using real data from your show. You’ll learn the two metrics that matter most (and exactly where to find them), how to run a simple 10-episode audit to calculate your ideal episode length, and why nailing this is the fastest way to increase listener retention—and conversions. Because every time a listener drops off before your CTA, you’re losing the chance to grow your audience (and your income)—so if you want to fix it, hit play and let’s dive in. 1:05 – Why Copying Other Shows (Even Unintentionally) Lowers Listener Retention 2:58 – How to Stop the Silent Listener Drop-Off That’s Killing Your Conversions 8:16 – Run This 2-Metric Audit to Calculate Your Perfect Episode Length 14:20 – Where to Place Your CTA So More Listeners Actually Hear It 17:36 – Why Higher Listener Retention Drives More Plays (and Conversions) Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How Do You Make Listeners Stay Longer? (and Why It Matters) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, May 15, 2025
The Spending Strategy Behind Podcasts That Make Money | Danielle Hayden
Most podcasters want more revenue from their podcast—but few have a plan for getting there. In this episode, Danielle Hayden (reformed corporate CFO and founder of Kickstart Accounting) is back to break down the numbers side of podcast growth. If you’ve ever wondered how to track conversions from your podcast, how to budget for your show, or how to confidently decide where to invest, this episode gives you the strategy most podcasters struggle to figure out alone. So if you’re ready to learn how high-earning podcasters think about spending—and how to run your podcast like a business even when it’s not making money yet—hit play and let’s dive in. 1:05 – Why Knowing Your Profit Margin Matters More Than Podcast ROI 3:26 – The Marketing Budget Benchmarks Most Podcasters Don’t Know About 5:51 – What to Track (and How) to Measure Real ROI From Your Show 10:14 – How to Build a Spending Plan That Supports Your Podcast Growth 14:00 – Where to Invest First to Get the Biggest Return From Your Podcast Episode Links: Grab Danielle’s free budgeting template Check out Danielle’s podcast: Business By the Books Read my go-to book on buying back your time: Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: This One Belief Is Costing You Podcast Revenue → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, May 14, 2025
This One Belief Is Costing You Podcast Revenue | Danielle Hayden
Your podcast isn’t making money yet, so you think twice before investing in it. But without investing in the help you need to grow your show, it keeps struggling to bring in revenue. Ready to break out of the cycle? Meet Danielle Hayden—reformed corporate CFO, founder of Kickstart Accounting and host of Business by the Books . She joins me to break down why most podcasters never reach profitability, what your podcast spending habits reveal about you, and what needs to change if you want your podcast to drive actual revenue, not just downloads. Because publishing consistent content is one thing—building a podcast that pays you back is another. So if you're done publishing episodes for free and you think it’d be really great to finally get paid for doing work you love, hit play and let's dive in. 1:05 – Why Most Podcasters Hesitate to Invest in Their Shows—and Stay Unprofitable Because of It 2:27 – How Ego, Fear, and Old Money Stories Shape Your Podcast Decisions 7:56 – How High-Earning Podcasters Decide Where to Spend First 10:18 – Why ROI Isn’t the Only Way Your Podcast Pays You Back 11:49 – How to Run Your Podcast Like a Business When It’s Not Making Money Yet Episode Links: Check out Danielle Hayden’s podcast: Business By the Books Connect with Danielle: KickstartAccountingInc.com My go-to book on buying back your time: Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Spending Strategy Behind Podcasts That Make Money → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, May 08, 2025
Is It Time to Rebrand Your Podcast? Here Are the Signs to Look For | Desiree Petrich
Most podcasters think the problem is low downloads. But do you know what actually causes low downloads? When people can’t tell—within seconds—why your show is for them. Fellow podcaster Desiree Petrich shares the messy, emotional (and ultimately empowering) process of rebranding her show—from trying to be everything for everyone to creating a bingeworthy podcast that speaks directly to first-time managers. You’ll hear what happened when she finally narrowed her focus, brought more of her real voice to the mic, and stopped being afraid to ask for help. What you’re about to hear isn’t a story about overnight success. It’s about choosing to keep podcasting when you love it too much to quit. So if you want to create a podcast you’re proud of—and one your listeners can’t wait to learn from—hit play and let’s dive in. 1:04 – The Moment Desiree Realized Her Podcast Wasn’t Helping Her Business (or Her Audience) 8:38 – How Rebranding Gave Her Permission to Finally Say What She Meant 11:15 – The Naming Strategy That Helped Her Stand Out in a Saturated Category 16:13 – What Listener Feedback Sounds Like When Your Message Finally Hits 20:14 – The Gut-Check Question to Ask Yourself at the End of Every Episode—and Why It Changes Everything Episode Links: Check out Desiree Petrich’s Podcast: You’re The Boss. Now What? Other Episodes You’ll Love: How to Make Your Podcast Worth Every Second You Spend on It Q + A | Can’t Break 200 Downloads? Let’s Fix That → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer.
Wed, May 07, 2025
What to Do When Podcasting Starts Feeling Pointless | Ande Lyons
You’re second-guessing your content. Overthinking your numbers. Wondering if podcasting is even worth it. And it’s not because you’re doing it wrong—it’s because you’re doing it alone. In this episode, I’m joined by longtime podcaster and founder of the New England Podcasters Group, Andy Lyons, to expose the hidden costs of podcasting in isolation—and why plugging into a room of serious podcasters could be the thing that finally gets your show the numbers it deserves. So if you’ve been white-knuckling your way through this podcasting thing, hoping that if you just stay consistent it’ll all click soon, this episode will show you why that hasn’t worked—and what to do instead. Hit play and let's dive in. Episode Links: Check out Ande Lyon’s podcast: Don’t Be Caged By Your Age Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The One Thing Podcasters Should Track Instead of Downloads Starting a Podcast That Builds Your Business (and Your Self Belief) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, May 01, 2025
How to Lead Guest Interviews That Make Listeners Want to Binge Your Show
If you’re still airing interviews you wouldn’t listen to yourself—just because you feel obligated toward your guests—you’re not building trust with your listeners. You’re breaking it. And once your audience feels like their time isn’t valued? They won’t complain. They’ll just stop listening. If you want a podcast that builds authority and drives loyalty, you need to lead interviews that earn attention. In this episode, you’ll learn how to ask questions your guest hasn’t answered a dozen times, pull out insights your audience can *actually* use, and create one-of-a-kind conversations that make your show worth returning to, following, and sharing. So if you’re done settling for polite interviews that don’t convert (and ready to lead ones that earn trust and ultimately grow your show) hit play and let’s dive in. 📘 My Go-To Books on Leading Better Interviews: Talk to Me by Dean Nelson Stop Asking Questions by Andrew Warner Want to save time on your podcast production workflows? Reach out to Joe Casabona and mention you heard about him here! Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The 3 Biggest Reasons Your Listeners Tune Out During Your Guest Episodes Steal This Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, April 30, 2025
The 3 Biggest Reasons Your Listeners Tune Out During Your Guest Episodes
If your guest could’ve given the same answers on five other podcasts, you didn’t lead the interview—you hosted a rerun. And when every guest episode sounds the same? Listeners don’t blame the guest. They stop trusting you. In this episode, you’ll learn the three host mistakes that quietly erode your authority, why “just letting the convo flow” leads to copy-paste content your audience has already heard, and how to stay in control of the conversation without sounding stiff or losing rapport. Because great interviews don’t just happen, and they’re what separates podcasts that get skipped from the ones that get shared. So if you want to lead interviews that hook your listeners and keep them coming back (without sounding scripted or stiff), hit play and let’s dive in. 📘My Go-To Books on Leading Better Interviews: Talk to Me by Dean Nelson Stop Asking Questions by Andrew Warner Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 🎙 How to Lead Guest Interviews That Make Listeners Want to Binge Your Show 🎙 Exactly What to Say to Get Your Podcast Guests to Share Their Episode → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, April 24, 2025
Q + A | Should You Use PodPage or Add Your Podcast to Your Own Website Instead?
Most podcasters know they need a website. But the wrong kind of site can bury your show in search and cost you the listeners, leads, and visibility you're working so hard to earn. In this episode, I’m breaking down everything you need to know about podcasting websites—from what to include (and what to avoid), to where it should live, to the one mistake that could be sending all your search traffic (and Google authority) to someone else’s site instead of yours. So if you’ve ever Googled “Does my podcast need its own website?” or “Should I buy a domain for my podcast?”—and you’re podcasting to grow your brand and want your show to get found online—hit play and let’s dive in. 0:07 – Do You Really Need a Website for Podcasting? 2:15 – Can You Use the Free Website From Your Podcast Host? 3:50 – What’s the Best Way to Set Up a Website for Podcasting? 5:43 – Do You Need a Domain Name for Your Podcast? 8:12 – What Should You Include on Your Podcast Website? 12:45 – Should Your Podcast Live on a Separate Site or Your Main Brand Site? 14:08 – When Third-Party Podcasting Sites Like PodPage Make Sense (and When to Avoid Them) Episode Links: See our podcast blog in action: PodLaunchHQ.com If you meet the criteria I shared in the episode for using PodPage, click here to choose a plan (and tell Brandon and Dave that Courtney @ PodLaunch sent you!) Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 4 Podcast Growth Strategies You Haven’t Tried Yet (But Should) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Righ
Wed, April 23, 2025
If You’re Podcasting Consistently and Still Not Growing, This Is Why | Krissy Bold
Krissy Bold launched a parenting podcast with a confusing name, hour-long episodes no one finished, and a message no one was clicking on. Then she made a few key changes and hit #3 in Parenting—outranking Big Bird, Blippi, and Frozen in under a week—and she’s been ranking on the top podcasting charts ever since. What changed? In this episode, we’re unpacking the key differences between a podcast people scroll past and one they binge, share, and rave about. Even better? You'll learn how to apply this to *your* show so you can stop refreshing your stats like it’s going to change something and start building a podcast listeners want to support and shout from the rooftops. So if you’ve been wondering what your podcast is missing, this episode has your answer. Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:07 – What to Look for When Your Podcast Isn’t Working (and You’re Doing Everything Right) 4:52 – Why Listeners Aren’t Finishing Your Episodes (Even If the Content Is Good) 6:40 – The Messaging Fix That Finally Got Krissy’s Audience to Lean In 10:28 – The Relaunch Plan That Took Her to the Top Parenting Charts 19:30 – Why Most Podcasters Overlook the Easiest Way to Reach Their Audience Episode Links: Check out Krissy Bold Bold’s Podcast: Mom’s Guide to Finding Herself Learn More from Krissy: MomIdentityProject.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Make Your Podcast the One Listeners Can’t Ignore → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, April 17, 2025
How to Train for Rejection and Use It to Grow Your Podcast Faster | Alice Draper
Still waiting to feel “ready” before you start pitching the guests or sponsors you really want? In this episode, HuffPost contributor and media expert Alice Draper is back to show you the exact process she uses to turn rejection into a measurable growth strategy for your podcast. You’ll learn how to build your “rejection muscle,” set rejection goals that lead to more yeses, and use data from ignored or declined pitches to refine your messaging and land bigger and better opportunities. So if you’ve been overthinking your pitch or convincing yourself you need a bigger audience before you can pitch bigger guests or sponsors—and you’re ready to be the kind of host people say yes to without hesitation—hit play and let’s dive in. 1:08 – The Surprising Growth That Can Happen When You Treat Rejection as a Strategy, Not a Setback 6:24 – How to Use Pitch Rejections to Improve Your Messaging 9:17 – A Simple Way to Make Your Pitches More Specific (and Stand Out) 12:24 – What it Really Means When No One Replies to Your Pitch (and How to Handle It) 14:15 – If Pitching Feels Intimidating Right Now, Here’s How to Take the Pressure Off Episode Links: Steal Alice’s pitch templates —the same ones that have helped her clients land interviews on 500+ top shows like WorkLife with Adam Grant. Check Out Alice Draper’s Podcast: My Rejection Story Learn More from Alice: hustlingwriters.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Real Reason You’re Still Sitting on That Guest or Sponsor Pitch → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights
Wed, April 16, 2025
The Real Reason You’re Still Sitting on That Guest or Sponsor Pitch | Alice Draper
You know that pitch you *almost* sent? Or that big guest or sponsor you’re telling yourself you’ll reach out to “once you’re ready”? That idea you keep researching but haven’t acted on yet? This episode is about that moment—when you're stuck between wanting more for your podcast and actually going after it. HuffPost contributor and media expert Alice Draper has helped clients land guest spots on 500+ podcasts, including WorkLife with Adam Grant and UnF*ck Your Brain . She joins me to unpack the psychology behind rejection, why your brain sees “no” as a survival threat, and how this fear keeps you from the visibility, credibility, and growth you deserve. So if you’re tired of watching other people land the guests, sponsors, and traction you want—and you're ready to start pitching bigger names and getting your show into the rooms it deserves to be in (even if it scares you a little)—hit play and let’s dive in. 1:36 – The Real Fear Behind “My Show Isn’t Big Enough Yet” 6:15 – How Visibility Triggers Imposter Syndrome (and What to Do About It) 9:09 – “They’ll Probably Say No Anyway”—And Other Lies We Tell Ourselves 15:46 – Why You Don’t Need More Downloads to Pitch Big Guests or Sponsors 17:58 – The One Thing You’re Not Doing That Could Actually Grow Your Show Episode Links: Steal Alice’s pitch templates —the same ones that have helped her clients land interviews on 500+ top shows like WorkLife with Adam Grant. Check Out Alice Draper’s Podcast: My Rejection Story Learn More from Alice: hustlingwriters.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Train for Rejection and Use It to Grow Your Podcast Faster → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | <a href='https://instagram.com/thecourtney
Thu, April 10, 2025
Fix My Pod | Too Niche to Grow? Here's How to Tell
You’ve heard “niche down” is the key to podcast growth. But what if your niche is actually too narrow to scale? In this live coaching session, I walk Dennis through why his podcast wasn’t attracting the audience he really wanted—and the simple repositioning moves we made to fix it. We're breaking down how his show's branding was confusing listeners instead of converting them, and how these core podcast content gatekeepers will either earn the click or cost you the download. So if you’re tired of seeing single-digit downloads on episodes you spent hours producing (or you’ve been publishing weekly but your numbers haven’t budged in months) this episode will show you exactly what to change. Hit play and let’s dive in. Want my expert eyes (and ears) on your show? Apply for on-air coaching here (spots are limited). 0:04 – When “Niche Down” Backfires and Stops Your Podcast From Growing 1:12 – What You Think Your Podcast Is About vs. What Listeners Actually See 3:18 – Why Your Podcast Name Might Be Turning the Right Listeners Away 5:26 – Why Listeners Aren’t Clicking (Even If You Know Your Content Is Valuable) 9:03 – The Fix: How to Reposition Without Losing the Heart of Your Message Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, April 09, 2025
Fix My Pod | Tired of Guessing What Listeners Want? We Nailed It in 20 Minutes
You’ve got the mic. You’ve got the mission. So why isn’t anyone listening? That’s the question Dennis—high school athletics coach turned podcaster—was asking when he came to me for help. He knew who he wanted to serve, but a few months in, he was still struggling to get people to notice his show. In this first-ever Fix My Pod on-air coaching session, we’re breaking down the gap between knowing your audience and actually getting them to click play—because nothing kills momentum faster than showing up every week and still getting ignored. So if you’ve launched (or you’re about to) and want to get more of the right listeners hitting play on the episodes you’re working hard to create, hit play and let’s dive in. Want my expert eyes (and ears) on your show? Apply for on-air coaching here (spots are limited). 0:05 – Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Clicked (Even If Your Content Is Great) 2:15 – Why Your Podcast Might Be Clear to You, but Confusing to Listeners 6:40 – How to Find Your Angle in a Crowded Podcast Niche 10:28 – How People Actually Decide If Your Podcast Is Worth Their Time 14:08 – 5 Things That Make or Break Your Podcast’s First Impression 14:46 – What Your Cover Art, Title, and Description Are Actually Saying to Your Listeners→ This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, April 03, 2025
The Dark Side of Video Podcasting (And Why So Many Regret It) | Alban Brooke, Buzzsprout
You’ve been told video podcasting the only way to grow your show—but the ones shouting the loudest about it? They’re the ones profiting from your overwhelm. In this episode, Buzzsprout’s Head of Marketing Alban Brooke is back to expose what no one is talking about: the hidden costs, the inflated promises, and the hard data that shows how video might actually be hurting your show more than helping it. He also shares what *really* happened behind the scenes when Buzzsprout went all-in on video—and the exact moment he realized they got it wrong. So if you’ve been wondering why podcasting feels harder than it should (and you're ready to build a podcast you won’t secretly resent) hit play and let’s dive in. 0:01 - The Real Video Podcasting Backstory (and Who’s Profiting From It) 4:04 - Why 84% of the Top 50 Podcasts Don’t Upload Video to Spotify 6:35 - The Silent Burnout Epidemic Among Podcasters Trying to “Do It All” 9:36 - The Video Wake-Up Call Buzzsprout Didn’t See Coming 11:41 - The Emotional Toll of Trying to Podcast Like a YouTuber 18:45 - The Real Question Every Podcaster Should Ask Before Adding Video Episode Links: Get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link —courtesy of Alban and the Buzzsprout team. Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Podcast Growth Myths Debunked by Buzzsprout’s Head of Marketing Why Audio-Only Podcasting Still Dominates → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Res
Wed, April 02, 2025
4 Podcast Growth Myths Debunked by Buzzsprout’s Head of Marketing | Alban Brooke
You could record another episode. You could double down on promotion. You could even guest on a hundred other podcasts. But if your show isn’t built to attract the right listeners? None of it will work. In this episode, Alban Brooke, Head of Marketing at Buzzsprout, rips apart the most common (and costly) podcast growth myths—like why simply “putting out great content” isn’t enough and why most marketing tactics are a waste of time. So if you’re ready to quit the endless cycle of more content, more promotion, more whatever—and finally get your podcast in front of the right listeners, hit play and let's dive in. 0:01 - Why ‘More Listeners = More Growth’ Is a Lie 3:31 - Why Some Podcasts Explode Overnight (and Yours Hasn’t Yet) 6:15 - The Podcast Marketing Advice That’s Wasting Your Time 13:43 - What Actually Makes Listeners Binge Your Podcast 18:14 - The Difference Between Podcasters Who Grow vs. Those Who Plateau Episode Links: Get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link —courtesy of Alban and the Buzzsprout team. Other Episodes You’ll Love: The One Thing Podcasters Should Track Instead of Downloads The Dark Side of Video Podcasting (And Why Many Podcasters Regret It) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, March 27, 2025
How to Make Your Podcast Worth Every Second You Spend on It | Jennifer Edmonds
Spending hours on your podcast but still waiting for it to pay off? PodLaunch® graduate Jen Edmonds was too—booking guests last minute, scrambling to release episodes, and promoting nonstop with nothing to show for it. The fix? A streamlined podcast strategy that turned her show into an audience growth engine. In this episode, we’re breaking down the exact shifts Jen made, what happens when you treat your podcast like an asset instead of an afterthought, and the podcast systems you need to actually drive results. So if you're tired of your podcast feeling like a full-time job with no paycheck, hit play and let's dive in. 0:02 – Why Podcasting Feels Like a Full-Time Job With No Payoff 1:35 – The Hidden Time Suck That’s Slowing Your Podcast Down 7:45 – The Shift That Turns Your Podcast Into a True Business Asset 11:50 – The Real Cost of Running Your Podcast Without a Strategy 15:31 – The Truth Behind Predictable Podcast Growth Episode Links: Check out Jen Edmond’s podcast: Your Journey to Fertility Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Creating a Podcast That Attracts New Clients Every Month → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, March 26, 2025
Q + A | Can’t Break 100 Downloads an Episode? Let’s Fix That
If you’ve been told that sharing your podcast on social media will grow your audience—spoiler alert—it won’t. And if you’ve been stuck at the same download count despite posting, guesting, and promoting your show, this episode will show you why. We’re busting the biggest misconceptions about podcast growth, including why consistency alone won’t build your audience (and what will), why guesting on bigger podcasts doesn’t guarantee more listeners, and the one thing you must have in place before any marketing strategy will actually work. So if you’re tired of posting, promoting, and hoping for the best (and you're ready to see a real ROI from your podcast), hit play and let's dive in. 0:02 - Why Posting on Social Media Won’t Grow Your Podcast (And What to Do Instead) 1:42 - Why Guesting on Big Podcasts Won’t Magically Bring You Listeners 4:25 - The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (That Has Nothing to Do With Promotion) 7:16 - The 3 Podcast Growth Triggers That Actually Bring in New Listeners 12:28 - How to Get Your Podcast Discovered Without Spending Extra Time or Money Other Episodes You'll Enjoy: Why ‘If You Build It, They Will Come’ Isn’t Working for Your Podcast The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results The Down and Dirty Truth About Episode Length → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | Pod
Thu, March 20, 2025
What to Include in Your Guest Release Form for Total Protection | Gordon Firemark
If you don’t have a guest release form in place, this episode is your wake-up call. If you do have one, are you sure it actually protects you? Podcasting attorney Gordon Firemark is back to break down why every podcaster (yes, even small shows) needs a rock-solid guest release before hitting record. He shares exactly what it should include, when your guests should sign it, and the real-life story of a podcaster who skipped this step—and got sued for it. So if you want peace of mind knowing your podcast is legally protected, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:23 - Why Even Small Shows Need a Guest Release Form 3:00 - How Skipping This Step Opens You Up to a Lawsuit 5:28 - What to Include in Your Guest Release for Full Protection 6:34 - The Must-Have AI Clause That Protects Both You and Your Guest 9:13 - The Easiest Way to Get Guests to Sign (with Zero Pushback) Episode Links: Check Out Gordon Firemark’s Podcast: Legit Podcast Pro Gordon’s Book: The Podcast, Blog & New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide Free Lawyer-drafted Podcast Guest Release Agreement Additional Lawyer-drafted Legal Templates & Forms Easy Legal For Podcasters DIY Legal Training Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Legal Blind Spots That Could Shut Down Your Podcast → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, March 19, 2025
The Legal Blind Spots That Could Shut Down Your Podcast | Gordon Firemark
You put in the work. You craft your episodes. You build your brand. But what if someone swoops in and steals it—your content, your show name, even your audience—because you didn’t have the right legal protections in place? That’s exactly what we’re tackling today with podcast and entertainment lawyer Gordon Firemark. From copyrights and trademarks to AI-generated content and guest releases, we’re breaking down the most overlooked legal protections every podcaster needs to have in place before it’s too late. Even if you’re just getting started or think your audience is too small for this to matter, waiting until it’s a problem is a mistake you don’t want to make. Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - 5 Ways to Protect Your Podcast Before It’s Too Late 1:56 - Copyright 101: Are Your Episodes Actually Protected? 5:21 - Trademarks: Why Your Show Name Isn’t Automatically Safe 9:34 - Music & Fair Use: The Legal Minefield Most Podcasters Ignore 15:36 - AI, Voice Cloning & The Legal Loopholes You Need to Know Episode Links: Check Out Gordon Firemark’s Podcast: Legit Podcast Pro Gordon’s Book: The Podcast, Blog & New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide Free Lawyer-drafted Podcast Guest Release Agreement Additional Lawyer-drafted Legal Templates & Forms Easy Legal For Podcasters DIY Legal Training Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: What to Include in Your Guest Release Form for Total Protection → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | <a href='https://www.p
Thu, March 13, 2025
Q + A | 4 Key Signs Your Podcast Is Hooking Listeners (or Losing Them)
Ever stare at your podcast stats, searching for proof your show is actually working—only to wonder if anyone even cares? Pressing play isn’t the same as listening. If people drop off early, skip episodes, or never engage, your podcast isn’t holding their attention. And if your show keeps getting swiped past, it’s time to figure out why. In this episode, I’m breaking down the four unmistakable signs that prove your podcast is resonating with listeners (or not). You’ll learn why downloads don’t tell the full story, the retention metric that actually predicts growth, and the one kind of feedback that proves listeners are hooked and taking action. So if you’re ready to stop guessing and start seeing real proof that your podcast is working, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:45 - Why Download Numbers Deceive You About Your Podcast’s Success 2:18 - 4 Signs That Prove Your Podcast Is Resonating With Listeners 5:27 - The Retention Benchmark That Shows Whether Listeners Are Hooked or Bored 8:03 - The Surprising Reason Listeners Skip Your Show (And How to Stop It) 13:24 - The Listener Feedback That Proves Your Podcast Is Changing Lives Other Episodes You’ll Love: Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (Even If Your Content Is Great) Steal This Strategy to Keep Your Audience Coming Back 4 Reasons Why Podcast Guesting Isn't Working for You The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
Wed, March 12, 2025
Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (Even If Your Content Is Great)
Ever spent hours crafting a podcast episode packed with expert knowledge, only to watch it get fewer downloads than the one you threw together last minute? Or worse—seen another podcast with generic advice rack up five-star reviews while your in-depth, value-packed episodes keep getting ignored? In this episode, I’m breaking down why what you think is valuable and what your listeners perceive as valuable are two completely different things. If you don’t bridge that gap, your podcast won’t just struggle to grow—it’ll keep getting overlooked while less helpful shows take the spotlight. So if you want listeners to stop tuning out halfway, and start seeing your show as a must-listen, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:36 - Why Giving Away Your Best Content for Free Won’t Grow Your Podcast 1:22 - The Messaging Mistake That Makes Listeners Tune You Out 3:31 - Why Your Audience Doesn’t Care How Much You Know (Yet) 9:28 - The Surprising Reason Your Listeners Aren’t Taking Action (And How to Fix It) 17:00 - Why Some Podcasts Feel Addictive (And How to Make Yours One of Them) Other Episodes You'll Love: 3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, March 06, 2025
4 Ways to Upgrade Your Podcast Gear Without Overspending | Junaid Ahmed
So, you want your audience to see you as a pro? Good news: it’s not about having the latest gear. It’s about knowing when to upgrade and how to maximize what you’ve got. Home studio expert Junaid Ahmed is back to share his simple, no-BS advice on building a home studio setup that grows with you. We’re breaking down when to invest in new gear, when to hold off, and the small tweaks that make a big difference in your sound—without blowing your budget. If you think better gear is the key to earning authority in podcasting, this episode will change your mind. Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - What Actually Makes You Sound Like a Pro (Hint: It’s Not Expensive Gear) 1:47 - The 4 Stages of Home Studio Evolution (And Where You Fit In) 2:46 - The Right Time to Upgrade Your Mic, Camera, or Lighting 4:30 - Budget-Friendly Fixes for Clearer, More Professional Sound 10:04 - How to Upgrade Your Podcast Gear Without Overspending Episode Links: Check out Junaid Ahmed’s Podcast: Hacks to Hobbies Book Your Free Home Studio Audit with Junaid: HomeStudioMastery.com Buy, sell or trade used video gear: mpb.com keh.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Secret to a Home Studio Setup That Commands Authority → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, March 05, 2025
The Secret to a Home Studio Setup That Commands Authority | Junaid Ahmed
Better gear won’t make you a better podcaster. But you can create a home studio that looks and sounds pro—using what you already have. Fellow podcaster and tech guru Junaid Ahmed joins me to distill 20+ years of audio and video design into 20 minutes of no-nonsense advice to help you create a home studio that commands authority on any budget, and to prove that how you use your gear matters more than the gear itself. So if you’re worried your setup makes you look unprofessional (or that your audience won’t take you seriously), this one’s for you. Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:01 - Why Better Gear Won’t Make You a Better Podcaster 3:28 - How to Create a Home Studio That Commands Authority—Without Spending a Dime 5:18 - Why Dedication to Your Craft Builds Deeper Trust With Your Listeners 8:26 - Why Gear Placement > Gear Price (Always) 14:54 - How to Get Studio-Quality Audio on Any Budget Episode Links: Check out Junaid Ahmed’s Podcast: Hacks to Hobbies Book Your Free Home Studio Audit with Junaid: HomeStudioMastery.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 4 Ways to Upgrade Your Home Studio Without Overspending This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, February 27, 2025
How to Make Your Podcast the One Listeners Can’t Ignore | Janine Mix
What if one bad review was all it took to silence your podcast for a year? That’s exactly what happened to bestselling author, investor, and financial literacy expert, Janine Mix. But instead of quitting, she came back stronger—revamping her show in a way that made it impossible for the right listeners to ignore. In this episode, Janine shares how to tell if your podcast is too broad, the biggest messaging mistake that stops listeners from hitting play, and how to create a podcast that commands attention and keeps your audience coming back. So if you're ready to create a must-listen show (and realize that rejection isn’t the end—it’s actually a sign you’re on the right track), hit play and let’s dive in. 0:03 – The Fear That Keeps Listeners From Connecting With Your Podcast 1:10 – How to Tell if You’re Playing It Too Safe With Your Podcast 7:46 – The Messaging Mistake That Keeps Listeners From Hitting Play 12:54 – What to Do When Self-Doubt Stops You From Hitting Publish 17:45 – How to Keep Showing Up When Growth Feels Slow Episode Links: Check out Janine Mix’s podcast: Permission to Prosper Other Episodes You'll Love: Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, February 26, 2025
AI Voice Cloning Will Kill Your Podcast’s Growth. Here’s Why.
AI voice cloning sounds like the ultimate shortcut—efficiency, scale, and less time spent recording. But what happens when your listeners can tell the difference and it destroys their trust in you, costing you the credibility, growth, and authority you’ve worked so hard to build? I’m pulling back the curtain on the hidden dangers of AI voice cloning and why using it could be the biggest mistake you ever make with your podcast. You’ll find out how AI is silently devaluing your expertise, why listeners always know when something feels off (and how that kills engagement), and the five things you should never outsource to AI—unless you want to blend in with everyone else. If you’re serious about building a binge-worthy Top 100 podcast that actually grows your business (and being seen as the go-to authority in your niche) hit play and let’s dive in. 0:05 - AI Voice Cloning: The “Shortcut” That Could Kill Your Credibility 0:22 - Can You Spot the Fake? Most People Can’t (But Your Listeners Will) 3:01 - The Hidden Cost of Outsourcing Your Voice 6:30 - What Actually Builds Listener Loyalty (Hint: It’s NOT Your Content) 12:55 - Five Things You Should NEVER Let AI Touch—Unless You Want to Blend In → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, February 20, 2025
The Type of Content that Turns Listeners Into Superfans | Bryan Fittin
Video podcasting is everywhere. But does that mean your podcast needs it? Because let’s be real: we both know that repurposing full-length episodes or posting random clips won’t cut it if you actually want to grow your audience. In this episode, I’m back with Bryan Fittin of GoRogue Studios to break down the stupidly effective way to leverage video podcasting—aka the type of content that makes listeners fall in love with your show, the one thing you should be sharing to turn casual viewers into superfans, and why you don’t need fancy production to grab attention. So if you don’t want to hire a full production team, spend hours editing, or post content that looks great but doesn’t actually drive listeners back to your show, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 – Video Podcasting Won’t Grow Your Show—But This Will 1:39 – The Type of Content That Makes Listeners Fall in Love With You 5:00 – Why the Smallest Moments Build the Biggest Audience 10:41 – Why Low-Tech, Low-Production Video Delivers More Value Than You Think 18:01 – The Best First Step If You’re Stuck on What to Post Episode Links: Connect with Bryan: GoRogueStudio.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How Video Can Make (or Break) Your Podcast → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, February 19, 2025
How Video Can Make (or Break) Your Podcast | Bryan Fittin
Video podcasting is not the magic growth hack you’ve been sold. In fact, too many podcasters are finding out the hard way that adding video is costing them nothing but time, energy, and listeners. That’s why I invited Bryan Fittin, founder of GoRogue Studios, to break down exactly what adding video can and can’t do for your show—and the risks no one’s talking about when you don’t approach it strategically. We cover AI video editors (spoiler: they’re not a shortcut), which platform is actually best for getting started with video (hint: it’s not YouTube), and why adapting your podcast content for video takes more than flipping your iPhone around and hitting record. So if you’re wondering whether video is the next big move for your podcast or another recipe for burnout, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:03 Why Video Podcasting Might Cost You More Than It Gains You 1:49 The Truth About AI Video Editors (And Why They Won’t Save You Time) 3:08 The Best Platform for Video Podcasts (Hint: Not YouTube) 5:28 Why You Can’t Just Flip Your Camera and Hit Record 12:22 Should You Add Video or Stick to Audio? Here’s How to Decide Episode Links: Connect with Bryan: GoRogueStudio.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Type of Content that Turns Podcast Listeners Into Superfans Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework The Pros & Cons of YouTube for Podcast Growth Why Audio-Only Podcasting Still Dominates → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: <a href='h
Thu, February 13, 2025
How Profitable Podcasters Think About Monetization
Think your podcast should be making you money by now? Here’s why it’s not—and what to do about it. In part two of this episode series, I’ll help you set accurate expectations for podcast monetization whether you don’t have an offer yet (or don’t plan to), have an offer that’s not converting, or have an offer that is converting and want to scale it. We’ll unpack how your podcast serves you at each stage, the expectations you need to set, and the strategies that separate profitable podcasters from the ones stuck creating content that never pays off (literally). So if you’re ready to build a podcast that actually drives revenue (without guessing, hoping, or waiting forever to see results) hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 – What Separates Profitable Podcasters from the Rest 1:41 – No Offer? Here’s What to Focus on First 3:50 – Have an Offer, But No Sales? Here’s Why 7:25 – Have a High-Converting Offer? Here’s How Your Podcast Can Scale It 11:16 – How to Align Your Podcast with Your Monetization Goals Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy Why Your Podcast Isn’t Paying You Yet (And What to Do About It) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, February 12, 2025
Why Your Podcast Isn’t Paying You Yet (And What to Do About It)
Most podcasters want to make money from their show. The problem? Too many assume that having a podcast and making money from it are one and the same—but they’re not. In this two-part episode series, I’m breaking down how to bridge the gap between having the podcast and making money from it, with what you actually need to turn listeners into buyers. Plus, we’ll unpack one of the biggest mistakes podcasters make that causes them to spend hours scripting, recording, and editing, only to refresh their analytics and see no new downloads and no new dollars in their bank account. So if you're ready to build a podcast that actually drives business growth without spending hundreds of hours creating episodes and not getting paid for it, hit play and let's dive in. 0:02 – The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Paying You Yet 1:45 – The Two Biggest Reasons People Never Make Money From Their Podcasts 3:16 – Why a Podcast Won’t Fix a Broken Offer (But Will Expose the Problem) 5:15 – The Question That Determines If Your Podcast Will Make Money 11:46 – How to Set Accurate Expectations for Podcast Monetization Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy What to Do When Your Podcast Isn’t Converting → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, February 06, 2025
Why Most Podcasts Struggle to Make Money (and How to Fix It) | Kevin Chemidlin
Think monetizing your podcast is as simple as landing a sponsor and calling it a day? Not so fast. Kevin Chemidlin, host of Grow the Show, is back to reveal why rushing to monetize can sabotage your podcast—and how holding off can actually set you up for bigger profits and a stronger connection with your audience. We’re unpacking Kevin’s four-step framework for podcast growth and monetization, where he reveals how to get your audience not just listening, but lining up to buy what you’re offering. So if you’re ready to stop supporting your podcast out-of-pocket and turn your show into a true profit-driver, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - Why Monetizing Your Podcast Too Early Can Backfire 1:05 - Why Waiting to Monetize Actually Helps You Make More Money 6:15 - 3 Things You Need to Monetize Your Podcast Successfully 9:29 - What Really Turns Listeners into Buyers 15:54 - How to Track ROI from Your Podcast the Right Way Episode Links: Check out Kevin Chemidlin’s podcast: Grow the Show Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Two Silent Killers of Podcast Growth → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, February 05, 2025
The Two Silent Killers of Podcast Growth | Kevin Chemidlin
As the saying goes in podcasting: "If you build it, nothing will happen." Brutal? Maybe. True? Absolutely. In this episode, I’m sitting down with Kevin Chemidlin, founder of Grow the Show, and together we’re diving into the two silent killers of podcast growth—and trust me, these aren’t your usual suspects. So if you're ready to learn how to hook your audience, keep them coming back, and transform your show into one your listeners can’t help but tell everyone about, hit play and let's dive in. Episode Links: Check out Kevin Chemidlin’s podcast: Grow the Show Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Why Most Podcasts Struggle to Make Money (and How to Fix It) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 28, 2025
The State of Podcasting Today and Where It’s Headed
This isn’t your average podcasting advice. In this roundtable conversation, I'm teaming up with Alex Sanfilippo of PodMatch, Vinnie Potestivo, and Joe Casabona to dig into where podcasting is actually headed. From why so many podcasters quit to the truth behind podcast marketing and discoverability, we’re pulling back the curtain on the state of podcasting today and the core strategies that separate successful shows from the rest. Ready to go behind the scenes and uncover what works (and what doesn’t) so your show can get the recognition it deserves? Hit play and let's dive in. 0:02 - Why Most Podcasters Quit Before Episode 20 (and How to Not Be One of Them) 5:23 - The One Shift That Separates Successful Podcasters From the Rest 8:39 - Why Great Content Is No Longer Enough to Grow Your Podcast 20:09 - Why Audience Size Has Nothing to Do With Podcast Growth 29:57 - The Non-Negotiable You Can’t Skip for Sustainable Podcast Growth Episode Links: PodMatch ihaveapodcast.com/interview Podcasting Systems & Automations Check out Alex Sanfilippo’s Podcast: Podcasting Made Simple Check out Vinnie Potestivo’s Podcast: I Have a Podcast Check out Joe Casabona’s Podcast: Streamlined Solopreneur → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, January 23, 2025
Why Failure Fuels Better Podcasting | Corey Kareem, Spotify
How many times have you thought about quitting your podcast? Once? Twice? Every other Tuesday? If you’ve ever felt like your podcasting mistakes might be proof you’re not cut out for this, think again. Spotify ad exec and fellow podcaster Corey Kareem joins me back inside this episode to share why those mistakes are the key to growing a podcast your audience can’t ignore—you just need to know how to use them to your advantage. Ready to turn what feels like failure into your secret weapon for podcast growth? Hit play and let's dive in. 0:02 - What Most Podcasters Get Wrong About Failure 1:04 - The Real Enemy Holding Your Podcast Back 2:04 - Think Being Polished Builds Trust? Think Again 5:14 - The Mental Shift That Separates Hobbyists From Pros 10:57 - Why Failure Is Your Secret Weapon for Podcast Growth Episode Links: Check out Corey Kareem’s podcast: Three Questions Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: What Spotify’s New Tools Mean for Your Podcast Growth → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, January 22, 2025
What Spotify’s New Tools Mean for Your Podcast Growth | Corey Kareem, Spotify
Spotify is shaking up podcasting again, and in this episode I’m joined by Corey Kareem, Spotify ad exec and podcaster, to dive into the latest tools Spotify for Podcasters (now Spotify for Creators) is rolling out. Corey breaks down game-changing features like short-form video clips to increase your podcast discoverability, audience insights that go beyond basic downloads, and how podcasters like you can make the most of these tools to reach listeners already tuned in and ready to engage. So if you're looking for ways to grow your audience, connect with the right listeners, and stay ahead in the ever-evolving podcasting world, (who are we kidding—you wouldn't be reading this otherwise!) hit play and let's dive in. 0:02 – How Spotify is Disrupting the Podcasting Industry (and What It Means for You) 1:02 – Why the New Short-Form Video Feature on Spotify Will Improve Your Discoverability 3:14 – How to Track (and Improve) Listener Engagement with Spotify’s Latest Analytics 7:31 – What a Strong Click-Through Rate and Stream Rate Look Like for Podcasters 17:14 – New Revenue Predictions for Podcast Monetization on Spotify Episode Links: Spotify for Creators Spotify Partner Program Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Why Failure Fuels Better Podcasting → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, January 15, 2025
What Starting a Podcast Can Do for Your Business | Kathryn Thompson
Thinking about quitting your podcast (or business)? You’re not alone. In this episode, fellow podcaster Kathryn Thompson shares how she turned things around when she was ready to call it quits—and how her podcast became the turning point for building a business she’s excited to run again. We’re diving into how to make your podcast the driving force behind a business that energizes and inspires you. So if you’re ready to stop staring at your mic wondering if it’s worth it to continue and start watching your podcast actually grow your business, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:01 - Why So Many Podcasters Hit a Breaking Point—And What to Do When You're There 2:03 - From a Plateaued Business to Steady Sales With a Podcast 5:21 - What to Do When You're Running Out of Content (or Motivation) 9:23 - Why Long-Form Content Turns Listeners Into High-Ticket Clients 12:53 - Should You Keep Podcasting—Or Call It Quits? Episode Links: Check out Kathryn Thompson’s podcast, BE The Sought-After Entrepreneur → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, January 15, 2025
So You Got a One-Star Review. Here’s Your Next Move.
So you got a one-star review. Now what?! In this episode, I’m breaking down exactly how to handle that sucker punch to your podcasting pride. From the emotional sting of watching your perfect five-star rating drop to the counterintuitive (and totally ethical) strategies to bring it back up, we’re diving into the nitty-gritty of what to do when it happens. Plus, I’m sharing the behind-the-scenes story of how I handled my own one-star saga—and the psychology-backed steps I used to turn it around. So if you’re ready to stop obsessing over that one-star review and turn it into a five-star comeback, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - The Five-Minute Rule for Handling a Bad Review 1:32 - Turning a Bad Review Into Better Ratings and More Listeners 3:35 - How One Bad Rating Can Lead to More Positive Ones 7:04 - How to Protect Your Podcast from Trolls & Keep Your Ratings High 9:50 - The Right Way to Ask for Reviews (Without Sounding Desperate) Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 3 Easy and Ethical Ways to Get More Podcast Reviews → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, January 08, 2025
How to Build a Podcast Content Strategy That Actually Sells | Jeremy Enns
Forget the "give everything away for free" advice you've probably heard (spoiler: it's a fast track to undercutting your profits). In this episode, Jeremy Enns is back to share his expert take on how to create a podcast content strategy that leads your audience to the point of sale without coming across as salesy. We’re breaking down how to align your content strategy with the business model that’s right for you, and the metrics you need to track to see if your content is actually converting. If you want to turn your podcast (or podcast-to-be) into a revenue-generating machine, this episode is packed with insights you can actually use to grow. Hit play and let's dive in. 0:02 – Why Giving Away Your Best Content for Free Kills Your Sales 3:14 – Why Creators and Business Owners Need Different Content Strategies 6:17 – How to Align Your Podcast Content with Your Business Goals 9:42 – The Metrics You Need to Track to Know if Your Content is Converting 12:59 – How to Turn Podcast Into a Revenue Generator Without Sounding Like a Sales Pitch Episode Links: Want to dive deeper into the insights Jeremy shared? Check out his detailed video on how to use Spotify’s new analytics Subscribe to Jeremy’s Scrappy Daily Podcasting Newsletter → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, January 08, 2025
The Secret to a Podcast People Can’t Stop Talking About | Jeremy Enns
Starting a podcast is easier than ever. But growing one? That’s a whole different ballgame. In this episode, I sat down with my friend Jeremy Enns to unpack why shows with “decent content” often stall at 28 downloads an episode and what it really takes to create a podcast people can’t stop talking about. From crafting a standout premise to leveraging Spotify’s new analytics and using competitor research to uncover what sets your show apart, we’re breaking down the real work behind making your podcast impossible to overlook. If you’re ready to turn your podcast into one listeners can’t help but recommend to their friends, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - Why Simply Releasing Content Won’t Lead to Rapid Podcast Growth 1:39 - The Real Reason Most Podcasts Stall at 28 Downloads 5:12 - Your Show is Being Seen, So Why Aren’t People Clicking Play? 9:07 - How to Take Your Show Concept from Basic to Brilliant 13:36 - The Kind of Feedback Your Podcast Needs to Succeed Episode Links: Want to dive deeper into the insights Jeremy shared? Check out his detailed video on how to use Spotify’s new analytics Subscribe to Jeremy’s Scrappy Daily Podcasting Newsletter → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, January 01, 2025
Q + A | Why "If You Build It, They Will Come" Is the Biggest Lie in Podcasting
As a good friend of mine in podcasting says, 'If you build it, they won’t come.' In this episode, I tackle a listener question about why great content alone doesn’t grow your podcast anymore and why pressing publish is just the beginning. Whether you’re just starting out or have been podcasting for a while, I’ll walk you through the two biggest drivers of podcast growth and show you how to use Spotify’s analytics to pinpoint exactly where the problem is happening—so you can stop guessing and start seeing results. Ready for a podcast that grows your audience and your business? Hit play, and let’s dive in. 0:58 - Why “If You Build It, They Will Come” Isn’t Working for Your Podcast 1:40 - The Two Big Questions Every Podcaster Should Be Asking 6:15 - What Your Messaging Is Really Saying to Potential Listeners 7:59 - The Spotify Analytics That Reveal Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (and How to Fix It) 10:20 - How to Get Clear on What’s Holding Your Podcast Back → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, January 01, 2025
4 Podcast Growth Strategies You Haven’t Tried Yet (But Should) | Vinnie Potestivo
Think you’ve tried everything to grow your podcast? Emmy Award-winning media advisor Vinnie Potestivo joins me to share four unconventional podcasting strategies most podcasters have never even considered. From fixing hidden distribution mistakes to using tools like IMDb and LinkedIn to get discovered, Vinnie reveals how to create a podcast narrative that stands out and get your show in front of listeners who are already looking for a podcast like yours. If you’re ready to stand out and grow smarter, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - What Most Podcasters Get Wrong About Growth 1:19 - Why Your Best Stories Belong at the Top of Your Episode 8:56 - IMDb and LinkedIn: The Tools You’re Not Using (But Should Be) 12:31 - Discoverability vs. Being Discoverable 28:07 - How to Take Control of Your Podcast’s Narrative to Attract the Right Audience Episode Links: vpe.tv/gifts vpe.tv/IMDb vpe.tv/awards vpe.tv/fascinate ihaveapodcast.com/interview Connect with Vinnie: LinkedIn | Website → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, December 26, 2024
Want More Engaged Listeners? Get Them Talking Back | Pat Cheung
Tired of asking your listeners to follow your show or leave reviews, only to feel like you’re talking to a wall? In this episode, I sit down with Pat Cheung, creator of FanList, to break down how to turn one-sided podcasting into a two-way conversation. We're unpacking the real reason most listeners stay silent, why listener engagement is key (especially for small shows), and what to start saying inside your episodes to get your listeners talking back and taking action. So if you're ready to increase listener engagement and turn your audience into a community of raving fans who actually take the time to write positive reviews, share your show on social media, and tell you how grateful they are for the work that you do, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:01 - Why Your Audience Isn’t Engaging (and How to Fix It Fast) 3:25 - Two Ways to Increase Listener Engagement (Especially if You Have a Small Show) 7:16 - What to Start Saying Inside Episodes to Get Listeners Talking Back 10:15 - Why Most Call-to-Actions Don’t Work (and How to Fix Yours) 14:18 - The Secret to Building Listener Loyalty That Lasts Episode Links: Create a free Fan Page for your podcast fans with Fanlist → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, December 25, 2024
My Biggest Lessons (and Mistakes) from 5 Years and 300 Episodes of Podcasting
300 episodes. 5 years. And more lessons than I can count. In this milestone episode, I’m reflecting on the unexpected highs, the tough lessons, and the surprising ways podcasting has shaped my life, business, and personal growth. From learning that consistency is about more than just showing up, to uncovering the one non-negotiable thing you need to make your podcast unignorable, I’m pulling back the curtain on what’s worked—and what hasn’t. Plus, I’m challenging you to set two bold goals with me to make this your best podcasting year yet. You ready? Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - 300 Episodes Later: What I’ve Learned—and How It Can Help You 2:12 - Why Podcasting Is Hard Work (and Why It’s Worth It) 5:48 - The Biggest Misconception About Consistency 1035 - How to Niche Your Podcast Without Limiting Your Creativity 19:15 - How Podcasting Changes You—and Why That’s Key to Success → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, December 19, 2024
Stop Doing This if You Want to Grow Your Podcast
When it comes to growing a podcast, the common advice tells you to do more: guest on dozens of shows, post daily on social, run ads. But what if doing less could actually get you faster growth? In this episode, we’re debunking outdated podcasting advice that’s slowing your progress (without you realizing it) and I’ll reveal what I’m *not* doing to grow my podcast — and how cutting back has led to up to 32% month-over-month growth. By the time you finish this episode, you’ll know exactly how to apply the same approach to reach more listeners with your message and turn your podcast into a lead-generating machine — all while freeing up your time to actually enjoy the process of podcasting. (Spoiler: That’s Stephen Bartlett’s secret to 1 billion downloads.) Ready to grow your podcast without adding more to your plate (and maybe even taking a few things off)? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - The Problem with Most Podcast Growth “Strategies” 1:15 - What's Really Sabotaging Your Podcast Growth 3:18 - What I’m Not Doing to Grow My Podcast 7:00 - The Real Reason Stephen Bartlett Hit 1 Billion Downloads 14:42 - 3 Steps to Find What’s Moving the Needle for Your Show Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Grow Your Podcast Without Adding More to Your Plate → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, December 18, 2024
Starting a Podcast That Builds Your Business (and Your Self Belief) | Dr. Christine Li
If you’ve been putting off starting a podcast because you're not sure it’ll actually move the needle for your business, this one’s for you. Fellow podcast host and clinical psychologist Dr. Christine Li joins me to help you overcome the self-doubt, perfectionism, and procrastination that’s keeping you from getting started (hey, we’ve all been there). From building authority right from the start to turning your show into a powerful audience-building tool, you’ll walk away knowing exactly how to crush those “Is podcasting really worth it?” fears — because every day you wait is another opportunity for someone else to launch the podcast your audience is searching for. So if you're ready to stop overthinking and finally hit publish on your podcast (or if you just need a kick in the pants to get out of your own way), hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 1:58 - The Real Cause of Perfectionism and Procrastination in Podcasting 12:20 - Building Your Authority from Day One with Your Podcast 14:32 - Turning Your Podcast into a Powerful Client Acquisition Tool 17:23 - Why Waiting to Start a Podcast Limits Your Business Growth 19:54 - How to Stop Overthinking and Finally Press Publish on Your Podcast Episode Links: Check out Dr. Christine’s podcast: Make Time For Success Connect with Dr. Christine Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Achieving Goals with Ease: Embrace The “Be Do Have” Model → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, December 12, 2024
4 Must-Know Podcasting Predictions to Capitalize On This Year | James Cridland, Podnews
In this episode, James Cridland, editor-in-chief of Podnews, is back with his bold predictions about where podcasting is headed — and how you can stay ahead of the curve. We’re unpacking why downloads might not hold the top spot as the industry’s gold standard for much longer, YouTube’s growing role in podcast discovery (and its limitations), and how AI is adding convenience but not the creativity needed to stand out. James also explains the growing challenge of defining what a podcast really is as platforms like Spotify and YouTube continue to blur the lines. Whether you're starting a new show or scaling an existing one, you'll walk away from this episode with the know-how you need to stay ahead of industry trends and stay focused on what truly matters: creating content that connects and converts. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 18:00 - Why IAB Downloads Might Soon Lose Their Gold Standard Status 19:11 - The Role (and Limits) of YouTube in Podcast Discovery 21:41 - What *Actually* Makes a Podcast a Podcast 24:06 - Are AI Tools Saving Time or Killing Creativity? 33:39 - Adapt or Get Left Behind: How to Capitalize on the Latest Trends in Podcasting Episode Links: Podnews Daily (Podcast) Podnews.net (Daily Newsletter) PodcastBroker.com Buzzsprout.com/stats PodcastBusinessJournal.com/data Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: What’s Changing in Podcasting and How to Stay Ahead → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Li
Wed, December 11, 2024
What’s Changing in Podcasting and How to Stay Ahead | James Cridland, Podnews
In this episode, I’m joined by James Cridland from Podnews to explore the biggest changes shaking up the podcasting industry right now. So whether you’re just starting out or you’ve been podcasting for years, James shares insights on what these shifts mean for your show and how to navigate them to stay ahead. From the rise of niche podcasts to why video might not be as essential as you think, you’ll learn what it takes to create a podcast that lasts in today’s evolving landscape. Ready to learn what’s working now to grow your podcast? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:00 – What’s Driving the Biggest Shifts in Podcasting Today 2:30 – The Rise of Niche Podcasts and Why They’re Thriving 5:45 – Why Video Isn’t as Essential as Everyone Thinks 9:15 – Forget Downloads: Here Are the Numbers That Actually Indicate Growth 13:50 – Two Keys to Positioning Your Podcast for Long-Term Success Episode Links: Podnews Daily (Podcast) Podnews.net (Daily Newsletter) PodcastBroker.com Buzzsprout.com/stats PodcastBusinessJournal.com/data Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling by Eric Nuzum Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 4 Must-Know Podcasting Predictions to Capitalize On This Year → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, December 05, 2024
The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found
If your podcast isn't showing up in search results on platforms like Apple and Spotify, your competitors are capturing the listeners you’re missing out on. In this episode, you'll learn how to uncover the exact keywords your competitors are using, pinpoint the best ones for your show, and craft a podcast SEO strategy that helps your show stand out and get discovered by new listeners every day. Plus, I’ll share the latest tools you can use to track and refine your keyword strategy for even better results. Ready to learn how you can dominate the search results for your specific podcast topic? Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - Why Podcast SEO Matters Now More Than Ever 1:59 - Using AI to Find the Exact Keywords Your Competition is Ranking For 5:04 - How to Pinpoint the Keywords That’ll Attract Your Perfect-Fit Listener 9:36 - Where to Put Your Keywords for Maximum Impact 12:20 - Tools to Track and Refine Your SEO Strategy Episode Links: The PSO Dashboard: Ausha.co General best practices for finding new keywords Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, December 04, 2024
How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results
What if you knew how to make your podcast pop up in the top five search results on Apple or Spotify? In this episode, I’m showing you how to do it with an underdog discoverability strategy that’s quietly changing the game for podcasters. You’ll learn how to find the right keywords and use them to dominate search results — so you can get your show in front of the listeners already searching for a podcast like yours. Ready for a bingeworthy top podcast that gets found by new listeners every day? Hit play and let’s dive in. 0:02 - Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (Hint: It’s Not Your Content) 1:54 - The Proven Discoverability Strategy That’s Quietly Changing the Game (But Won’t Stay a Secret for Long) 4:38 - What You Need to Know About Using Keywords for Your Podcast 7:18 - How to Show Up Where Your Listeners Are Already Searching 10:32 - How Ranking in Search Results Builds Instant Credibility Episode Links: The PSO Dashboard: Ausha.co Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Turn Your Podcast Description Into a Listener Magnet The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, November 28, 2024
Launching a Top Podcast in an Unlikely Niche | Laura Brazan
Worried your podcast idea is too niche, or that maybe your ideal audience doesn’t really listen to podcasts? Those might just be the signs you need to take the leap. In this episode, I’m joined by fellow podcast host Laura Brazan who launched a show in a niche that doesn’t typically listen to podcasts — and crushed it. Breaking into the Top 100 across the US, UK, and Australia, Laura shares how she turned a personal need into a movement while tackling every tech challenge along the way. If you’ve ever doubted your ability to start a podcast from scratch but believe you have a message worth building a movement around, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:04 - Can Your Podcast Thrive in an Unlikely Niche? 6:35 - How to Break into the Top 100 (Even Without a Big Audience) 8:35 - How to Turn Your Podcast into a Community (Even if You’re Not Selling Anything) 13:20 - Why the Tech Side of Podcasting is Easier Than You Think 16:25 - The One Thing Keeping You From Getting Bigger Results with Your Podcast Episode Links: Check out Laura’s Podcast: Grandparents Raising Grandchildren → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, November 27, 2024
How to Turn Your Podcast Description Into a Listener Magnet
Your podcast description isn’t just a box to check — it’s the moment that makes or breaks whether someone scrolls past or hits play. In this episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of a real client audit to show you why her podcast description was causing listeners to overlook her show, the exact tweaks we made to fix it, and how to put listener psychology to work to create a description that grabs attention, communicates your show’s value, and gets your show found in search results. Ready to get more listeners tuning into your show over the competition? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:05 - Why Most Podcast Descriptions Don’t Work (and How to Fix Yours) 1:03 - What’s Really Stopping Listeners from Hitting Play on Your Show 6:18 - What Bestselling Books Can Teach You About Your Podcast 12:56 - How We Turned a Bland Podcast Description Into a Bingeworthy Hook 18:34 - How to Tell if Your Podcast Description Is Doing Its Job Episode Links: BONUS : PodLaunch ® Before/After Show Descriptions with Examples Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play How to Stop Losing Listeners to Your Competition → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, November 21, 2024
The One Thing Podcasters Should Track Instead of Downloads | Tom Rossi
If you’ve been obsessing over your podcast download numbers (or lack thereof?) this episode is for you. I’m back with Tom Rossi, co-founder of Buzzsprout, and we’re diving deep into how we should really be measuring podcast success. Spoiler: it’s not just about downloads. Tom shares why the industry’s hyper-focus on numbers can steal the joy of podcasting and the mental shift that will completely change how you measure your podcast’s success. He also drops some key stats (ever wonder how many downloads it *actually* takes to be in the top 10% of podcasts?) and reveals the one key question to ask yourself to see the true impact your podcast is making, no matter how many downloads you’re currently getting. If you’ve ever felt like quitting because your numbers aren’t where you want them to be, hit play and let’s dive in. 0:48 - Why Video Isn’t the Lead Actor in Podcasting 1:36 - Why Downloads Don't Tell the Whole Story 3:31 - The Most Powerful Way to Stay Motivated in Podcasting 6:25 - The Real Stats Behind Today's Top-Performing Podcasts 10:13 - The One Question to Ask Before You Quit Podcasting Episode Links: Buzzsprout.com/stats New to podcasting? As a bonus for our listeners, you can get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link , thanks to Tom and the team over at Buzzsprout. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, November 20, 2024
Why Audio-Only Podcasting Still Dominates | Tom Rossi
With all the buzz around video podcasting, is audio being left behind? In this episode, I sit down with Tom Rossi, co-founder of Buzzsprout, who pulls back the curtain on why audio-only podcasting still has unique strengths that video can’t match. From deeper listener connections to just saying no to the high pressure of video production, Tom shares why focusing on what works best for *you* is ultimately your smartest move. So if you’ve been wondering whether you're missing out by not going all-in on video or if you want to keep podcasting without adding more to your plate, this episode is for you. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 – Why Video Could Be a Threat to Podcasting 4:28– How to Decide if Adding Video Fits Your Podcasting Goals 7:16 – What Audio Podcasts Have that Video Can't Compete With 10:00 – How to Leverage Video Without Losing Focus on Your Audio Podcast 13:28 – When Audio-Only Might Be the Smarter Choice for Your Podcast Episode Links: New to podcasting? As a bonus for our listeners, get a $20 Buzzsprout credit when you sign up through this link , thanks to Tom and the team over at Buzzsprout. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, November 14, 2024
The Right and Wrong Way to Start Using YouTube for Your Podcast | Erika Vieira
Thinking about adding YouTube to your podcasting strategy? Hold up — before you dive in, let’s make sure you’re doing it right so you don’t waste your time. In this episode, I’m back with YouTube strategist Erika Vieira to unpack why simply uploading your podcast videos won’t cut it, how to grab your audience’s attention from the start, and what kind of podcast content YouTube viewers *actually* want to see. If you’re tired of minimal engagement or ready to get serious about video and turn YouTube into a growth tool for your podcast, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 – The Biggest Mistake Podcasters Make with YouTube 1:33 – Why Your Backlog of Podcast Videos Might Not Be as Useful as You Think 6:46 – Should You Upload Your Podcast Videos or Create Original YouTube Content? 11:07 – The Key Differences Between Podcast and YouTube Content 15:37 – How YouTube Insights Can Elevate Your Podcast Strategy Episode Links: Erika’s Masterclass: Zero to Influence Check out Erika’s Podcast: The YouTube Power Hour Podcast Connect with Erika: Website | Instagram Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Pros and Cons of Using YouTube for Your Podcast Can You Have a Successful Podcast Without Video? → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, November 13, 2024
The Real Pros and Cons of Podcasting on YouTube | Erika Vieira
Ever wonder if YouTube could be the missing piece to getting your podcast in front of more people? With its massive user base and undeniable searchability, it sounds tempting — but is it really worth the extra effort? In this episode, I’m joined by Erika Vieira, who’s coached thousands of business owners and podcasters to build profitable YouTube channels. Together, we dig into the upsides of this search engine powerhouse (hello, 2.9 billion users) and the downsides that come with it, because spoiler: it’s not as simple as connecting your RSS feed or uploading the lightly edited video from your latest interview and hoping for the best. If you’re ready to find out whether YouTube is worth the effort for your podcast, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Why YouTube Has Gained Increasing Popularity for Podcasters 1:28 - How YouTube Can Increase Discoverability for Your Podcast 4:52 - The Challenges of Transitioning From Audio to Video 8:19 - The Downsides of Video Podcasting No One Talks About 12:14 - The Single Most Important Factor You Need to See Results From YouTube Episode Links: Erika’s Masterclass: Zero to Influence Check out Erika’s Podcast: The YouTube Power Hour Podcast Connect with Erika: Website | Instagram Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Can You Have a Successful Podcast Without Video? The Right and Wrong Way to Start YouTube for Your Podcast → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram</a
Thu, November 07, 2024
Q + A | How Often Should You Really Be Releasing Episodes?
Is releasing one episode a week enough for your podcast? Should you be doing more? Or what if once-weekly episodes feel like A LOT to keep up with? In this episode, we’re diving into the nitty-gritty of finding a release cadence that fits your goals and keeps your listeners coming back. Whether you’re wondering if you should release episodes more frequently or you’re struggling to meet the once-a-week mark, I’m breaking down whether cranking out more episodes really leads to more listeners, the minimum number of episodes you should always aim for, and how to build a schedule that aligns with your bandwidth. So if you're ready to build a release schedule that fits your goals and keeps listeners coming back, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - How Often Should You Be Releasing Podcast Episodes? 1:41 - The Truth About Consistency and Real Listener Growth 11:34 - 5 Questions to Build a Release Schedule that Works for You (and Your Listeners) 15:08 - Do More Episodes Equal More Downloads? 17:23 - How to Tailor Your Schedule to Fit Your Podcast Goals and Unique Bandwidth Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 3 Types of Podcasting Advice You Can Totally Ignore → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, November 06, 2024
BTS: Steal Our Formula for Choosing Guests Who Build Your Podcast's Authority
Ever had a podcast guest that seemed incredible on paper but turned out to be a total mismatch on air? In this episode, I asked my OBM and Guest Concierge, Tayler Neeley, to take you behind the scenes and share our exact system for choosing guests who don’t just fill a slot but actually elevate your podcast’s credibility. Plus, we’ll show you a foolproof way to turn down pitches kindly and professionally (without ghosting anyone) so you can protect your listeners’ time and build trust with every episode. So if you're ready to learn how to curate guests who will strengthen your show’s authority and keep your listeners coming back for more, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 – Why a Perfect Pitch Doesn’t Always Mean a Perfect Guest 1:39 – Our Top Mistakes (and What We Fixed) in Guest Vetting 3:51 – The Exact Criteria We Use to Choose Standout Guests 11:37 – Handling the "Thanks, But No Thanks" Pitch Replies 14:49 – Deciding When Not to Air a Guest Episode Episode Links: Steal Our Guest Vetting Criteria Checklist How to Decline Guest Pitches That Aren't a Fit How to Decline Airing a Guest Episode Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This) Exactly What to Say to Get Your Podcast Guests to Share Their Episode → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All R
Thu, October 31, 2024
Exactly What to Say to Get Your Podcast Guests to Share Their Episode | Kelly Mosser
Ever had a guest on your podcast with a big audience, and you’re stoked for them to share the episode to help grow your show — only for them to do NOTHING once it airs?! (Hint: it’s not because they’re lazy or forgetful.) In this episode, podcast guesting expert Kelly Mosser explains the surprising reason most podcast guests don’t share their episode, and what’s REALLY going through their mind before, during, and after the interview (and why this matters more than you think). We’re sharing four strategies you can use right away to make your podcast guests feel comfortable and confident on air, and what to say BEFORE you hit record so that they give you their best content. Plus, we’ll talk about how to stop your guest from rambling (without making it awkward), and what you can do after the interview to make sure they’re hyped to promote the episode — even if it airs weeks later. So if you want to build stronger relationships with your podcast guests and turn them into advocates for your show, this one’s for you. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 1:21 - What’s REALLY Going Through Your Guest’s Mind Before the Interview 4:53 - The Top Reason Your Podcast Guests Aren't Sharing Their Episode 10:57 - The Most Effective Way to Prep Your Podcast Guests Before Their Interview 12:41 - What to Say BEFORE You Hit Record So That Your Guest Gives You Their Best Content 17:44 - Do This to Keep Your Guests From Rambling (and Keep the Conversation Flowing) Episode Links: Free Masterclass: The Profitable Podcast Tour Check out Kelly’s Podcast: Aligned Success Connect with Kelly: Website | Instagram | LinkedIn Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podc
Wed, October 30, 2024
Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This) | Kelly Mosser
You’ve probably heard that podcast guesting is a great way to grow your audience — until you try it and end up with the same size audience you had before (and zero ROI to show for it). You’re not the only one. That’s why I invited Hell Yes Media founder and podcast guesting expert Kelly Mosser to break down why your guest appearances aren’t converting into the followers or clients you were counting on — and how to fix it. In this episode, we’re diving into why most guest interviews won’t actually yield an ROI (especially on the big shows), the biggest mistakes people make when using podcast guesting to grow and get seen, and the magic formula for framing your CTAs so every appearance you do actually translates into audience growth. So if you're ready to stop wasting time being interviewed on podcasts that don’t convert and start turning every guest spot into more listeners and leads for your business, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Why Podcast Guesting Isn’t Growing Your Audience 1:45 - The Mistake That’s Costing You Leads Before the Interview Even Starts 6:15 - How to Nail Your Message So Your Guest Appearances Actually Convert 13:13 - Why Your Call to Action Isn’t Working (And How to Fix It) 17:05 - Why a Podcast Tour Delivers Better Results than Ongoing Guesting Episode Links: The Profitable Podcast Tour Check out Kelly’s Podcast: Aligned Success Connect with Kelly: Website | Instagram | LinkedIn Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Real Reason Most Guests Don’t Share Their Episode (and How to Fix It) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: <a href='https://www.linke
Thu, October 24, 2024
Creating a Podcast That Attracts New Clients Every Month | Flora McCormick
Thinking about launching a podcast or struggling to grow the one you’ve got? You’re going to LOVE listening in on this conversation with fellow podcast host Flora McCormick. We’re unpacking how her transition away from social media marketing to a strategically-positioned podcast helped her launch a show that’s currently growing five times faster than the average podcast — and attracts new clients to her business every month from around the world. Whether you're new to podcasting or an established business owner who wants to drive business growth through your podcast, you’ll walk away with insights on how to measure your show's success, see where you stack up against the competition, and position yourself as the go-to expert in an increasingly crowded podcast landscape. So if you're ready to connect with more clients and make a bigger impact with your podcast, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - How Flora’s Show Hit the Top 20 In Its Category 1:22 - Why Your Podcast Listeners Are More Likely to Become Clients 4:15 - How to Expand Your Audience Beyond Word-of-Mouth Referrals 6:21 - The Simple Strategy to 5X Your Podcast Growth 10:00 - How a Repeatable System Makes Podcasting Sustainable Episode Links: Check out Flora McCormick’s podcast: Sustainable Parenting Other Episodes You'll Enjoy: 5 Ways to Get Your Podcast on the Top Charts → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, October 23, 2024
3 Types of Podcasting Advice You Can Totally Ignore
Unfortunately, there’s a lot of terrible advice floating around about how to start and grow a podcast. Some of it’s outdated, and some of it was never even true to begin with. Yet, it keeps getting repeated like gospel, leading too many hosts down the wrong path — and causing many of them to quit by episode six. In this episode, we’re calling out three common pieces of podcasting advice that aren’t actually helping you. From the myth that consistency alone will grow your show to why great content isn’t enough anymore, we’ll unpack what you really need to know to launch and grow a top podcast that turns listeners into clients. So if you’ve been following all the “rules” but still aren’t seeing the growth you hoped for, it’s time to switch up your strategy. Want to know what really works to create a show that attracts and converts new listeners every day? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 1:09 - Why Consistency Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast 4:38 - Is Your Podcast Blending In? Here’s How to Tell 9:49 - How Consistency Shapes Listener Habits 12:33 - Why Great Content Isn’t Enough 18:12 - What Really Drives Your Podcast’s Revenue Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (And How to Fix It) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, October 17, 2024
Which Podcast Ad Strategies are Right For Your Show? | Mike Wiston
Podcast ads can be powerful for growing your show, but success isn't just about picking any ad strategy and throwing money at it. You need to be intentional: understand the different podcast ad types, know how to target the right audience, track your results, and refine your approach based on what’s working. In this episode, I’m back with Mike Wiston from MowPod to dive into the tactical side of using paid ads to grow your podcast. Mike breaks down the different types of podcast ads and explains why not all ads are created equal when it comes to listener growth, to help you decide which ads are right for your show. So if you want to make your podcast ads count and learn which ad strategies can help you reach more listeners, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:01 - Why Podcast Ads Are Not One Size Fits All 4:10 - Podcast Ad Fatigue and What It Means for Your Strategy 7:10 - Choosing the Right Ad Targeting to Reach More Listeners 11:15 - How to Track Retention and Tell If Your Ads Are Working 15:45 - Why Your Ads Aren’t Converting and How to Fix It Episode Links: Want to save on your next MowPod ad campaign? Use our discount link Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Biggest Mistakes Podcasters Make with Paid Ads → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, October 16, 2024
The Biggest Mistakes Podcasters Make with Paid Ads | Mike Wiston
Wondering if paid ads are the right move to grow your podcast, or if they’re a waste of your time and money? In this episode, I'm joined by Mike Wiston, co-founder of MowPod, to dive deep into the right (and wrong) ways to use paid ads to grow your show. We tackle why jumping into paid ads too soon can lead to wasted dollars and disappointing results, and how building a solid organic growth engine is the key to making your ad dollars count. Mike also shares insights on understanding your metrics, avoiding costly mistakes, and creating a listener-centric community that drives genuine engagement. So if you’re wondering when it’s the right time to invest in ads or how to turn paid traffic into a loyal podcast audience, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:26 - Why Running Podcast Ads Too Soon Is a Waste of Money 2:05 - Know These Metrics Before You Spend on Podcast Ads 4:54 - How to Tell When Your Show is Ready for Paid Growth 8:34 - Why a Listener-Centric Show Equals a Higher Podcast Ad ROI 10:42 - The Ethics of Running Ads for Your Podcast Episode Links: Want to save on your next MowPod ad campaign? Use our discount link Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Know Which Paid Ad Strategies are Right For Your Show → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, October 10, 2024
Q + A | Should You Script Your Podcast Episodes?
Should you script your podcast episodes, or is it better to outline? It’s a valid question, and the answer ultimately depends on what’s more important to you: converting your listeners to leads and clients, or simply sounding polished and professional. In this episode, we’re diving into the pros and cons of scripting vs. outlining so you can decide which approach is better — not just for you, but for your listeners. We’ll also look at why building real influence as a podcast host has less to do with your script or outline, and everything to do with how you deliver it. So if you want to create deeper connections that lead to raving fans who can't help but share your episodes, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Scripting vs. Outlining — Which is Better? 4:15 - Why Building Influence Is Not What You Say But How You Say It 10:30 - Why Engagement Alone Won’t Drive Sales 12:44 - The Secret to Staying Motivated as a Podcast Host 17:37 - How to Structure Episodes That Reflect Your Real Personality Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework BTS: Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, October 09, 2024
The Psychology Behind Bingeworthy Episode Titles
Ever notice how some podcasts make you drop everything to hit play while you scroll right past others without giving them a second thought? In this episode, I’m diving into the psychology behind why this happens — and why bingeworthy episode titles are the crucial trigger to getting new listeners to actually press play on your podcast. Listen now to learn what makes an episode title impossible to ignore, why using AI for your titles is doing more harm than good, and how to craft episode titles that get the click. Because here’s the thing: no matter how great your content is, if your titles aren’t convincing people that your show is worth their time, they’re never going to hit play. So if you're ready to break out of less-than-1000-downloads-per-episode jail and start getting the plays, audience growth, and traction your podcast deserves, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:34 - Why Some Episode Titles Get Ignored 4:55 - Common Episode Title Mistakes You Might Be Making 6:03 - Why Using AI to Write Your Podcast Titles Could Be Costing You Listeners 12:36 - The 5 Podcast Content Gatekeepers™ That Determine If Listeners Hit Play (or Not) 15:51 - How to Make Your Episode Titles Hyper-Relevant and Get the Click 18:15 - Do’s and Don’ts for Crafting Bingeworthy Episode Titles Episode Links: Grab Your Bingeworthy Episode Title Cheat Sheet Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, October 03, 2024
How to Train Your Podcasting AI to Sound Like You | Michael Katz
AI can be a game-changer for scaling your podcast, but it’s only going to work if you take the time to dial in your core message and train the AI to reflect your voice. In this episode, AI expert Michael Katz returns to show you how to train AI to reflect your voice — not churn out the same generic content everyone else is creating. You’ll learn how to use podcasting AI to streamline your content creation without losing the unique tone and personality that makes your show stand out. So if you’re ready to harness AI to save time, reach more people, and keep your voice front and center, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - How to Stop AI from Making You Sound Generic 1:56 - What Does Quality Really Mean in AI? 4:18 - Your Voice: The Catalyst for Meaningful Impact 7:10 - How to Train Your AI to Sound Like You 9:31 - Practical Tips for Keeping Your Voice *Your Voice* While Using AI Episode Links: Connect with Michael Katz Check out Flowsend.ai (use code 'COURTNEY20' to get 20% off a monthly or annual plan) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, October 02, 2024
Could AI Be Hurting Your Credibility as a Podcaster? | Michael Katz
Think AI is making your podcast sound smarter? Think again. In this episode, Michael Katz joins us in the studio — a former AI skeptic turned founder of a different kind of AI company — to talk about why leaning too hard on AI could be doing more harm than good for your brand. We’re unpacking the common mistakes podcasters make when they let AI take over their content, the ethical concerns of sounding like everyone else, and what it really takes to use AI without losing your unique voice. So if you’re someone who wants to use AI to save time, but you also don’t want to run the risk of devaluing your brand with generic AI outputs, this episode is for you. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Is Podcasting AI Helping or Hurting Your Show? 1:34 - The Biggest Mistake Podcasters Make with AI 5:00 - Spotting AI-Generated Content (It’s Easier Than You Think) 8:50 - How AI Could Be Quietly Damaging Your Credibility (and How to Avoid It) 14:14 - Using Podcasting AI Without Losing Your Authentic Voice Episode Links Sign up for a free trial at Flowsend.ai (or use code 'COURTNEY20' to get 20% off a monthly or annual plan) Connect with Michael Katz → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, September 26, 2024
How to Make a Bold Comeback After Hitting Pause on Your Podcast
Wondering how to make a bold comeback after hitting pause on your podcast? In this episode, we're breaking down what to do when there's been a shift in your podcast — like a business pivot, a change in audience, change in topic, change in leadership of the show (i.e., you lost a co-host), or if you simply had to pause your show for whatever reason and you want to bring it back, but you aren't sure the best way to do it. Should you start fresh with a new podcast? Should you keep the old feed and just rebrand it? And most importantly, how do you win back your audience? In this episode, I’m answering all these questions and more. So if you’re ready to relaunch with purpose, reconnect with your audience, and regain the momentum you’ve lost, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Hit Pause On Your Podcast? Here’s How to Come Back Strong 2:45 - Is It Better to Keep Your Current Feed or Start a Brand New Show? 8:48 - How to Relaunch and Win Back Your Audience 10:53 - When a New Podcast Feed Actually Makes Sense 18:59 - How to Relaunch a Dormant Podcast the Right Way Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 4 Signs It's Time to Rebrand Your Podcast → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, September 25, 2024
The Right & Wrong Way to Take a Break From Your Podcast
We're diving into a rather taboo topic in the podcasting world: taking a break from your podcast. *Gasp!* Yup, we're going there. I’m showing you how to take a real break without losing your listeners and without anyone ever realizing you’re on hiatus (or sipping a marg on a sunny beach somewhere — who said anyone has to know?). Whether you need a 90-day breather or a longer pause, I’ll break down the steps to stay top-of-mind with your audience while you take the time you need, without risking breaking listener trust or having to batch months of content in advance. So if you’re wondering what to do when you need to step away from the mic but don’t want to lose the traction you’ve already worked so hard to build, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:17 - How to Hit Pause Without Anyone Noticing 1:23 - Why Batching Isn’t Always the Answer 9:02 - How to Keep Your Audience Engaged Without Creating More 16:24 - How to Take a Longer Break Without Losing Listeners 18:50 - Is a Seasonal Format Right for Your Podcast? 17:01 - Think Netflix, But for Podcasting Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Make a Bold Comeback After Pausing Your Podcast → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, September 19, 2024
Are Podcast Sponsorships Worth the Effort for Small Shows? | Joe Casabona
Many podcasters think, "If I want to make money, I need sponsors." But if you’re a business owner who podcasts, you’ve likely wondered, "Should I have sponsors if I’m already promoting my own stuff?" Here’s the thing: not all podcast sponsorships are created equal. While the right sponsor can help cover production costs and bring in extra revenue, the wrong one can undermine the trust you've worked hard to build with your listeners. In this episode, we’re clearing up the confusion. Whether you’re getting 100 downloads an episode or 10,000+, podcast sponsorship coach Joe Casabona is here to show you how to get podcast sponsors without sacrificing listener trust. You’ll learn how to find sponsors that truly align with your audience, craft pitches that make brands say “yes,” and price your sponsorship packages like a pro. (Grab a pen, you’ll want to take notes.) Ready? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:25 - Why Podcast Sponsorships Might Be Worth It (or Not) 5:29 - The Proven Formula for Finding the Right Podcast Sponsors 8:38 - How to Craft a Winning Podcast Sponsorship Proposal 11:24 - Pricing Your Podcast Sponsorships the Right Way 16:08 - The First Steps to Landing Your First (or Your Dream) Podcast Sponsors Episode Links: Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners Check out Joe Casabona’s podcast: The Streamlined Solopreneur → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, September 18, 2024
Steal This Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half | Joe Casabona
You’ve probably heard all about how to save time editing, uploading, and promoting — but the real time-suck for most podcasters? Planning the dang episode before you even hit record! But what if you could cut your episode prep time in half, reclaim that mental energy, and never stare at a blank screen wondering what to talk about again? In this episode, podcast productivity guru Joe Casabona shares a simple framework that’ll help you capture ideas wherever you are (yes, even mid-shampoo) and streamline your episode prep time, free up your creativity, and create episodes that connect and convert — all without accidentally undermining your authority with AI. If you’re ready to have more fun and enjoy podcasting again with a smarter, faster way to prep your episodes and position yourself as the go-to podcaster in your niche, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:08 - Where Most Podcasters Waste Time Planning Podcast Episodes 2:28 - Stop Waiting for Inspiration to Strike (Do This Instead) 13:32 - The Simple Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half 19:45 - The Right Way to Leverage Your Content Across Platforms 22:39 - How to Know Your Content is Hitting the Mark Episode Links: Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners Check out Joe Casabona’s podcast: The Streamlined Solopreneur Other Episodes You'll Enjoy: How to Grow Your Podcast Without Adding More to Your Plate → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved. <b
Thu, September 12, 2024
5 Ways to Get Your Podcast on the Top Charts
Getting on the podcast charts is like ranking on the first page of Google. It's an incredibly powerful way to get found by new listeners, and surprisingly? It's easier than you might think. In this episode we're unpacking why charting is key for discoverability beyond word-of-mouth or organic search, and why it's not out of reach for you even if you're just starting out or have a small audience. You’ll also learn how to stop stressing over your download numbers and start using them as data points to build a growth strategy that keeps your listeners hooked and attracts new ones. Ready to uncover the five key metrics Apple and Spotify use to rank podcasts — and how you can leverage them to get found by new listeners? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:00 - The Real Purpose of Podcast Charts 4:20 - Why Charting Is Like Getting on Page One of Google 7:14 - The Five Key Metrics That Determine Apple and Spotify Ratings 12:15 - Proven Strategies to Increase Your Ranking Potential 16:24 - Why It's Time to Stop Obsessing Over Downloads Episode Links: Check out Zach Kristensen's podcast: Your Path to Publish Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Why You Don’t Need Big Numbers to Rank Your Podcast → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, September 11, 2024
Q + A | How Do You Make Listeners Stay Longer? (and Why It Matters)
Want to know how to keep your listeners hooked from start to finish? In this episode, we’re diving into the psychology of how platforms like Netflix and Hulu create bingeworthy content — and how to apply these same principles to your episodes to keep your listeners hooked and coming back for more. Learn how to open loops that leave listeners hanging (in a good way), the best way to tease future episodes, and how to increase that all-important listener consumption rate that signals to players like Apple Podcasts and Spotify that you have high listener engagement. Bonus: you can use these same techniques across your social media platforms and email newsletters, too. Ready to learn exactly how to keep your listeners tuning in episode after episode? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - How to Tell if Listeners Are Truly Hooked on Your Podcast 1:01 - What ACTUALLY Drives Listener Engagement 2:45 - The One Metric That’s Changing How to Measure Your Podcast's Success 4:55 - How to Find the Ideal Episode Length to Keep Your Audience Listening Longer 6:47 - The Technique Netflix and Hulu Use to Make You Binge Watch (And How to Use it For Your Podcast) 12:17 - The Simple Technique That Keeps Listeners Coming Back 15:26 - Using These Techniques Throughout Your Entire Content Strategy Other Episodes You'll Enjoy: The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length Special thanks to Flora McCormick of Sustainable Parenting for submitting today’s question. If you have a question you’d like me to answer in an upcoming episode, shoot me a text below. → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch
Thu, September 05, 2024
Why You Don’t Need Big Numbers to Rank Your Podcast | Zach Kristensen
Think you need a massive number of downloads to rank your podcast? Think again. In this episode, fellow podcaster Zach Kristensen reveals how he relaunched his podcast and landed on the Apple Podcast charts with fewer downloads than you'd expect. We’re unpacking the challenges that led him to rethink his show, the unexpected lessons he learned about crafting the right message, and the specific changes he made that helped him connect with the right listeners, convert them into leads, and redefine his show's success. So if you’re ready for your podcast to drive real business growth (without spending another minute obsessing over download numbers), hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:46 - How to Grow a Top Podcast Without a Big Audience 2:32 - How to Leverage Your Existing Episodes for Faster Growth 6:37 - The Surprising Launch Results That Prove Download Numbers Are Deceiving 9:14 - Why Rebranding Could Be Your Podcast's Game Changer 13:11 - Strategic Shifts That Keep Your Listeners Hooked (and Coming Back) Episode Links: Check out Zach’s podcast: Your Path to Publish Connect with Zach → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, September 04, 2024
Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (and How to Fix It)
If you want your podcast discovered by new listeners, you need three key things to stand out in today’s increasingly crowded space. In this episode, we’re unpacking what it really takes to attract new listeners daily — and revealing the one growth metric most podcasters aren’t tracking (but should be). Ready to learn how to get listeners choosing your show over the competition and go from unheard expert to binge-worthy thought leader in your niche? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Three Must-Haves for Getting Your Podcast Discovered 1:37 - The Real Reason Most Hosts Never Hit the Top Charts 4:20 - How to Attract Listeners Actively Searching for Shows Like Yours 14:29 - The One Differentiator You Need to Stand Out in a Crowded Podcast Category 20:00 - The Podcast Growth Metric You’re Probably Not Tracking (But Should Be) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, August 29, 2024
Q + A: Can You Have a Successful Podcast Without Video? | Dave Jackson
Can you have a successful podcast without video? Short answer: Absolutely. But are you missing out on podcast growth by sticking to audio only? It depends. Podcasting hall-of-famer Dave Jackson is back to set the record straight on video podcasts. We’re tackling questions like: Is it worth putting a podcast on YouTube? What advantages are there to having a video podcast? Can you start with audio and add video later? When's the right time to add video? And is this video podcasting trend here to stay? Whether you launched your podcast to avoid the camera or you're eyeing YouTube as the secret strategy for faster podcast growth, this episode has the answers you need. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Should You Follow the Video Podcasting Trend? 1:27 - Are You Ready for Video Podcasting? Here's How to Tell 5:43 - Audio vs. Video: Do You Really Need to Be on YouTube? 10:07 - Will the YouTube Algorithm Help or Hurt Your Podcast? 18:26 - What’s Coming Next for Podcast Advertising Episode Links: Profit From Your Podcast Book by Dave Jackson Check out Dave's Podcast: School of Podcasting Connect with Dave → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, August 28, 2024
How to Monetize Your Podcast Even With a Small Audience | Dave Jackson
People often say that monetizing a podcast is all about growing your audience and landing sponsors and advertisers. But if it were that simple, then why are so many podcast hosts still struggling to make real money? The truth is, there are over 20+ ways to monetize a podcast *without* sponsors or ads — yep, even if you have a small audience, don't have a business, or are just a few months into your podcasting journey. Podcasting Hall-of-Famer Dave Jackson is in the studio with me to break down the do’s and don’ts of podcast monetization, as well as what you need to have in place before you can start monetizing so that your podcast can become a real source of profit (and not a money pit). So if you’ve got a podcast that isn’t making money (or you’re looking to start one and turn it into a steady income stream) hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:22 - Why Your Podcast Isn't Making Money Yet 5:31 - What You Need Before You Can Successfully Monetize a Podcast 10:21 - The Secret to Turning Listeners into Loyal Customers 14:01 - How to Monetize a Small Podcast Without Sponsors 18:47 - The Underrated Key to Podcast Growth Episode Links: Profit From Your Podcast Book by Dave Jackson Check out Dave's Podcast: School of Podcasting Connect with Dave → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, August 22, 2024
The Untold Secrets of Building a Multimillion Dollar Podcast | John Lee Dumas
It’s easy to look at today’s top podcast hosts and think, "Wow, they had it easy." But deep down, we know that’s not the case. Even the biggest names in the game started from zero and faced the same doubts, fears, and setbacks as you. That’s why I invited John Lee Dumas to join me for this episode and unpack the REAL story behind Entrepreneurs on Fire, how it almost didn’t happen, and how he battled massive self-doubt to turn his vision into one of the most successful podcasts in history. So if you're feeling that gap between where you are now and where you want to be with your podcast, grab your headphones and lean in — you might be closer to success than you think. Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:06 - The One Thing Keeping Most Podcasters From Making it Big 3:01 - The Surprising Idea that Launched Entrepreneurs on Fire 6:05 - Two Top Mistakes New Podcasters Make (and How to Avoid Them) 14:39 - Following JLD's Strategy From $0 to $100K+ Months to Profit From Your Podcast Episode Links: Check out John Lee Dumas' podcast: Entrepreneurs on Fire → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, August 21, 2024
The Exact Strategy Behind 15M Downloads a Month | Jordan Harbinger
What does it REALLY take to become a top podcaster? (And are today’s top podcasters gatekeeping the real secrets to podcast growth?) In this episode, I’m sitting down with the one and only Jordan Harbinger—a podcasting legend with over 15 million downloads every month and named Apple’s “Best and Most Downloaded Podcast” back in 2018. We’re pulling back the curtain on the exact strategies that helped Jordan build his podcasting empire—from letting go of the obsession with analytics to finding success by doing the opposite of what everyone else is doing, and staying motivated when it feels like every niche is already taken. So if you’re ready to learn what it actually takes to master your craft as a podcast host, this is an episode you won’t want to miss. Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:45 - What’s Missing from Your Podcast Growth Strategy? 3:10 - The Mental Shift That Took Jordan to 15m+ Monthly Downloads 7:25 - The Unconventional Approach to Podcasting That Defies The 'Rules' 10:40 - How to Stand Out When Every Podcast Niche Feels Oversaturated 14:05 - Jordan’s Bold Move That Built Massive Trust With His Audience 18:30 - The One Thing That Matters More Than Downloads for Long-Term Success Episode Links: Check out Jordan Harbinger's podcast: The Jordan Harbinger Show → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, August 15, 2024
How to Hit Every Podcast Goal You Ever Set | Hal Elrod
Ever set a podcast goal and feel like no matter what you do, you just can't hit it? You're putting out great content, lining up awesome guests, and promoting like crazy on social media, but the downloads just aren't moving in the right direction — and you’re not alone. Multiple time best-selling author of The Miracle Morning , Hal Elrod, joins me in this episode to share how he went from struggling to sell books to creating a global movement — and how podcasting played a significant role in the process. But instead of the usual advice on setting podcast goals, Hal's here to show you how to actually hit them. He’s got some counterintuitive, refreshingly uncommon advice for identifying the right actions to focus on rather than obsessing over results. So if you’re ready to crush every podcast goal you set and actually make real progress, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 6:37 - The 6-Minute Morning Routine that Transformed Hal's Life 4:32 - The Biggest Mistake Most Podcasters Make in Their First Year 16:24 - How Hal Elrod Turned Failure into a Million Book Sales 19:26 - A Different Set of Metrics for Sustainable Podcast Growth 22:46 - The Power of Committing to the Process Over the Results Episode Links: Download The Miracle Morning App for iPhone and Android Get a Copy of The Miracle Morning by Hal Elrod Listen to Hal Elrod's podcast: Achieve Your Goals → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, August 14, 2024
Q + A | How Do You Build a Podcast Audience that Converts?
Wondering how to grow your podcast audience and increase conversions at the same time? Is it really possible to do both, or should you put your energy into one goal over the other? In this episode, we're digging into the strategies to help you expand your listener base and turn those loyal listeners into hot leads for your business. So if you're ready to make your podcast work double-duty for you, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 2:54 - Why Growing a Podcast Audience Doesn’t Automatically Mean More Sales 4:59 - The Two Types of Traffic: Attracting Listeners vs. Converting Leads 6:43 - How to Avoid the Trap of Giving Away Too Much for Free 10:08 - Mapping the Listener Journey From Podcast Fan to Paying Customer 12:08 - Building a Funnel Around Your Podcast for Conversions Special thanks to Philip Pape of the Wits and Weights podcast for submitting today’s question! → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, August 08, 2024
5 Signs Your Podcast Content is Blending In | Luis Camejo
Have you ever shared a podcast episode you're really excited about, packed with content you’re confident your audience will love, only to be met with... radio silence? You check the stats: fewer than 100 downloads, a couple of likes on your social media posts, and zero "New Call Booked!" emails in your inbox. And the worst part? You’re left scratching your head, wondering what you're missing and starting to question if all the effort you’re putting in is even worth it. Luis Camejo from BizBros is back with us to break down the five signs your podcast content is blending in (and what to do about it). So if you want to know how get more listeners choosing your podcast over the competition with content that dominates the conversation, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Why Great Content Isn't Enough to Stand Out 01:34 - Giving the Algorithm Too Much Credit 04:47 - Not Reading the Right Data 07:40 - Why Safe Content is Boring Content 09:55 - When Polarizing Content Pays Off 14:35 - Creating Content for Views vs. Value 23:42 - The Future of Podcasting is Human Connection Episode Links: Listen to Luis Camejo’s Podcast: Content is Profit → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, August 07, 2024
Avoid These 5 Podcast Content Repurposing Mistakes | Luis Camejo
Content repurposing is a great way to extend the life of your podcast episodes — or, let's be honest, it can feel like a big waste of time. So if you've ever wondered why your repurposed podcast content isn't getting the engagement you hoped for, you're not alone. Luis Camejo from BizBros joins me in this episode to talk about the five biggest mistakes podcasters make when repurposing content that causes your short-form clips to get overlooked (and how to fix it). Is it ~really~ possible to turn social media followers into loyal podcast listeners? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:12 - Why Repurposed Content Often Fails 0:44 - Content Repurposing vs. Multipurposing 1:46 - 5 Common Mistakes to Avoid When Repurposing Podcast Content 6:48 - Quality vs. Quantity: Which is Better? 9:47 - How to Use Data to Improve Your Podcast's Reach 13:04 - Creating a Cohesive Content Ecosystem Episode Links: Check out Luis Camejo's podcast: Content is Profit → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, August 01, 2024
Q + A | Should You Run Podcast Ads?
Should you run paid podcast ads to grow your show? In this episode, we break down the ins and outs of podcast ads to help you decide if they're worth the investment. We'll cover the best types of podcast ads, the ones to avoid, and whether paid ads are right for you. Get the inside scoop on the most effective ad types, pros and cons of organic vs. paid growth strategies, and how to gauge the accuracy of targeting algorithms so you can track your ad performance. If you're considering paid podcast ads, this episode is chock-full of the clarity and practical advice you need. Oh, and your wallet will thank you. Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:12 - Should You Run Podcast Ads? 3:22 - Organic vs. Paid Strategies: What's Better for Podcast Growth? 6:48 - The Best Time to Start Running Podcast Ads 10:40 - Types of Podcast Ads and Their Pros and Cons 17:02 - Do This BEFORE Running Podcast Ads 20:10 - Why Bigger Download Numbers Aren't Always Better Special thanks to Laura, host of Grandparents Raising Grandchildren , for submitting today's question! → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, July 31, 2024
3 Language Patterns that Turn Listeners Into Clients
Want to get more of your listeners asking, “How can I work with you?!” If you’re nodding yes, then this episode is for you. We’re diving deep into listener psychology with three powerful language patterns that’ll help you communicate more effectively as a podcast host so you can drive more listener-to-lead conversions. (Master these and you'll have 'em hitting replay and coming back every week for more, too). The best part? These three language patterns aren’t just for your podcast. You can use them anytime you need to overcome objections and move people to action — on sales calls, from stage, on webinars, and more. If you’re ready to learn how to turn more listeners into clients so you can grow your business and expand your podcast's reach, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 1:10 - Why Listener Psychology Is Your Secret Weapon for Turning Listeners into Clients 6:05 - The Key to Positioning Yourself as the Go-To Expert for Your Audience 9:18 - How to Skillfully Challenge Beliefs and Inspire Action 12:34 - Three Language Patterns that Drive Podcast Conversions 17:45 - Applying These Techniques Beyond Podcasting Episode Links: Sleight of Mouth book by Robert Dilts Check out Brandon Lucero’s podcast: New Generation Entrepreneur Check out James Wedmore’s podcast: Mind Your Business Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting 3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Hit Play → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | <a href='https://instagram.com/thecourt
Thu, July 25, 2024
How to Grow Your Podcast Without Adding More to Your Plate | Alex Sanfilippo
Are you buried in podcasting tasks and tools that promise growth but only add to your workload? If you've ever felt overwhelmed by the constant push to do more with your podcast, this episode is for you. Alex Sanfilippo is back in the studio to share why doing more doesn’t always equal more podcast growth (and why in most cases it just leads to more complications, more time spent, and more stress). We’ll also uncover the hidden downside of many AI podcasting tools that actually create unnecessary work and show you how to streamline your processes by eliminating the tools that aren’t truly serving your show’s greater good. Ready to simplify your podcasting efforts while maximizing your growth potential? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:01 - Why Less is More in Podcasting 0:46 - How Simplifying Your Message Can Help Your Podcast Grow Faster 3:17 - Why AI Isn’t Saving You as Much Time as You Think It Is 7:18 - The Social Media Trap That’s Slowing Your Podcast Growth 10:38 - Why Rebranding Isn’t a Sign of Failure, But of Growth Episode Links: Podmatch - Alex’s platform for connecting podcasters with guests Check out Alex's podcast: Podcasting Made Simple Connect with Alex: Podcast | LinkedIn → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, July 24, 2024
Do This One Thing to Attract More Listeners | Alex Sanfilippo
It’s tempting to think that the more you can do to help your podcast grow, the faster you’ll see results — but the opposite is true. But when it comes to growing a podcast, it’s not about doing everything. It’s about focusing on a few strategies and executing them exceptionally well. In this episode, Alex Sanfilippo, founder of PodMatch, reveals why focusing on what really matters is the secret to skyrocketing your podcast growth. We also unpack why trying to replicate what other successful hosts are doing might be causing listeners to overlook your show, and how mastering a handful of key tactics can speed up your podcast’s success. Plus, Alex shares his powerful four-question approach to understanding your audience on a deeper level. Ready to streamline your efforts and unlock the strategies that will truly accelerate your podcast growth? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:01 - Why Doing More Doesn't Equal Faster Podcast Growth 0:57 - The Counterintuitive Way to Hook Listeners and Keep Them Coming Back 4:11 - Why Your Current Podcast Growth Strategy Might Be Working Against You 7:22 - The Bold Move Most Podcasters Are Too Scared to Make 14:10 - The Surprising Way to Turn Listeners Into Loyal Fans Episode Links: Podmatch - Alex’s platform for connecting podcasters with guests Check out Alex's podcast: Podcasting Made Simple Connect with Alex: Podcast | LinkedIn Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Tell if Your Podcast Needs a Rebrand The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtn
Thu, July 18, 2024
Relaunching Your Podcast for Explosive Growth | Reana Mulcahy
Did you know that the first eight weeks of your podcast are crucial for platforms like Apple and Spotify to determine your show’s initial potential? …but what if you miss that window? No worries — you can hit the reset button by relaunching your podcast. (PSST: it’s a strategy that works *especially* well if your podcast has been gathering dust or if you haven’t been releasing episodes consistently). In this episode, we’re diving into Dr. Reana Mulcahy's podcast relaunch, where she took her show from 35 downloads per episode to the Top 100 charts. We'll also tackle the common issue of podcaster burnout and give you actionable tips to breathe new life into your show. Whether you’re looking to increase downloads, reignite excitement among your current and new listeners, or gain serious momentum and visibility, this episode is a must. Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:45 - How a Podcast Relaunch Catapulted Reana's Show to the Top 100 03:00 - Three Hidden Obstacles in Growing Your Podcast and How to Fix Them 06:10 - From 35 Downloads an Episode to #71 in the Entrepreneur Category 08:30 - Why Your Podcast Name Can Make or Break Your Show 11:41 - Mastering The Five Podcast Content Gatekeepers™ to Drive Real Podcast Growth Episodes Links: Check out Reana's podcast: Breaking The Entrepreneur Burnout Cycle → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, July 17, 2024
Why I Stopped Measuring Podcast Success Based on Downloads
Ever feel like you need to have the best audio, the best voice, the best everything to succeed in podcasting? In this episode, we’re challenging industry norms and showing you a new way to measure your podcast’s success. The industry relies heavily on metrics like downloads, reviews, and rankings to gauge success, but these can be misleading because not all podcasts are created equal. But by changing the types of goals you set and the way you measure your progress, you’ll be able to make continuous improvements, stay motivated, and create content that stays true to your vision and values. If you're ready to stop comparing your podcast to others and start seeing actual podcast growth, hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:00 - Using Your Podcast as a Powerful Tool for Business Growth 2:06 - Why 994% Growth Revealed an Unhealthy Obsession with Downloads 4:50 - Why Measuring Your Success by Downloads Alone Is Misleading 7:47 - Setting Activity-Based Goals that Drive Podcast Growth 12:07 - Prioritizing Listener Engagement Over Podcast Downloads and Reviews Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Truth About Listen Notes Rankings Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster? → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, July 11, 2024
4 Reasons Podcast Guesting Isn't Working for You | Seth Silvers
Have you poured hours into podcast guest appearances, only to see minimal impact on your podcast’s growth and zero inquiries from potential clients? In this episode, Seth Silvers, Founder of Story On Media and the strategic mind behind podcasts by industry giants like Alex Hormozi and Patrick Lencioni, reveals why your podcast guesting strategy isn’t working — and how to better position yourself as a guest expert that hosts (and listeners) will rave about. Discover what to look for in a podcast before pitching, why big shows yield the worst listener-to-lead conversions, and what separates the pitches that get an automatic “yes” from the ones that get automatically deleted. If you’re ready to (finally) see an ROI on your podcast guest appearances, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:04 - Why Your Podcast Guesting Strategy Isn’t Working 1:29 - Common Podcasting Guesting Mistakes to Avoid at All Costs 2:22 - What To Look For In A Podcast Before Pitching Yourself as a Guest 5:48 - How to Leave a Lasting Impression as a Podcast Guest 14:33 - Why Podcast Guesting Seems Easy but Takes Serious Effort to Get Right Episode Links: Connect with Seth’s team: Story On Media Check out Seth's podcast: The Small Business Storytellers → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, July 10, 2024
Steal This Strategy to Keep Your Audience Coming Back | Seth Silvers
Ever wish you could go behind the scenes with someone who oversees strategies for today's top podcasts like Alex Hormozi and Patrick Lencioni? Your wish is my command. Podcast expert Seth Silvers is here in the studio to teach you how to create a podcast that doesn't just capture attention, but dominates the conversation. We transparently discuss why the era of traditional interview-style podcasts is coming to an end. Seth also shares the step-by-step competitive analysis you can do to identify gaps in your niche and leverage them to your advantage so you can increase listener-to-lead conversions. Trust us — your listeners (and your stats) will thank you! If you’re serious about mastering your craft as a host and making your podcast your number one marketing channel, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:04 – What’s Causing the Decline in Overall Podcast Quality 3:28 – Why Interview-Based Shows are on the Decline 8:43 – Practical Steps to Be a Better Podcast Host 14:36 – How to Ace Interview Preparation and Guest Vetting 20:06 – How Podcast Hosts Can Raise the Bar and Set New Standards Episode Links: Connect with Seth’s team: Story On Media Check out Seth's podcast: The Small Business Storytellers → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, July 04, 2024
Behind the Scenes of Jamie Kern Lima’s Podcast Launch
Ever wonder how a brand-new podcast can skyrocket to the top of the charts? There are two ways it can happen, and in this episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of bestselling author and founder Jamie Kern Lima’s recent podcast launch to show you how. Find out the mechanisms at work that helped her claim the #1 spot in self-improvement, Top 20 on Spotify, and Top 20 of all podcasts in the USA, and learn how to leverage these same mechanisms for your show. You’ll also discover the key metrics that actually determine your podcast's success (and nope, it’s not downloads). If you’re ready to increase your podcast’s discoverability so more new listeners can find you, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Jamie Kern Lima's Meteoric Rise to Podcast Stardom 1:43 - The Five Pillars for a Successful Podcast Launch 6:58 - Comparing Niche Podcasts vs. Celebrity Podcasts 11:11 - Why SEO and Intentional Launch Strategies are Crucial 16:57 - Defining Your Own Measures of Podcast Success Other Episodes You'll Enjoy: Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster? → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, July 03, 2024
How to Tell if Your Podcast Needs a Rebrand | Beth Schillaci
If you have a podcast that’s not converting as many listeners to leads as you want, chances are it has nothing to do with the current size of your podcast audience and everything to do with the first impression you’re making on your listeners. Fellow podcaster Beth Schillaci joins me in this episode to break down the five key elements of your podcast that shape the crucial first impression on your listeners. By the time you finish listening, you’ll be armed with the know-how to make every new listener nod and go, “Finally! This is the show I’ve been looking for.” Is it time to rebrand your podcast? Or is your podcast already doing a great job of standing out in a crowded feed? Hit play to find out. 0:00 - Why Your Podcast Audience Isn't Converting and How to Fix It 1:40 - From Stagnant Podcast Growth to a Successful Relaunch 3:40 - The Five Critical Podcast Content Gatekeepers™ for a Powerful First Impression 6:43 - The Power of Specificity in Your Podcast's Name and Description 12:21 - What Relaunching Your Podcast Could Mean for You Episode Links Check out Beth Schillaci's podcast: Travel Beyond the Guidebook Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster? → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, June 27, 2024
Q + A | Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster?
Are niche podcasts growing faster than general ones? Are video podcasts here to stay? Why are podcast networks booming? How is the podcasting industry going to change over the next 3-5 years? And most importantly, will your podcast rise with the tide or will it sink? Get ready for a deep dive into the future of podcasting and learn what the latest trends are, why they matter, and the opportunity that exists for you in the “Great Divide” that’s being created as more and more podcasts flood the scene. You’ll also hear my predictions on the rise of multimedia content and the decline of traditional interview styles. Plus, the three questions you need to answer about your podcast to make sure your show stays relevant and engaging. Ready to find out if your podcast will withstand the test of time? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Is Your Podcast Aligned with Future Trends? 1:16 - The Evolution of Technology and Listener Expectations 6:28 - The Rise and Loyalty of Niche Podcasts 13:03 - Predictions for the Future of Podcast Content 17:01 - How to Make Sure Your Podcast Withstands the Test of Time Episode Links: School of Podcasting The Podcast on Podcasting Special thanks to Zach, host of Your Path to Publish , for submitting today's question! → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, June 26, 2024
3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play
Most podcast hosts think high-quality episodes are enough to attract new listeners. But they’re not. If you want to be the host of a top-ranked podcast, you need to know how to hook your listener *before* they hit play. Because having a bingeworthy podcast isn’t just about keeping listeners’ attention — it's about knowing how to grab it in the first place. In this episode, I'm breaking down three powerful ways to subconsciously communicate the value of your show to your potential listener. You’ll also learn the five red flags to avoid when creating episode titles and why AI tools aren’t helping your show stand out as much as you think. If you have a podcast or you’re thinking of starting one, mastering this skillset will set you apart from 99% of other hosts who aren’t doing this, so hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: How to Speak the Language of Your Ideal Listener The Best (and Worst) Ways to Use AI for Your Podcast → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Thu, June 20, 2024
Your Best Episode Topics are Hiding in Your Listener Data. Here's How to Find Them.
Ever find yourself staring at your podcast analytics dashboard, wondering what to do with all that data? Maybe you check once a month to see if your downloads are increasing. But what if you knew how to decode your listener data to pinpoint exactly what your listeners want and unearth your most bingeworthy episode topics? Whether you’ve been podcasting for a while or you're just starting out, this episode will teach you how to use your data to craft content that keeps your current listeners hooked and helps you get discovered by new ones every week. Ready to turn your podcast analytics into a Magic 8-Ball that tells you what your listeners want most? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Discovering Your Best Episode Topics in Listener Data 01:32 - Three Crucial Data Points: Downloads, Completion Rate, and Performance 03:52 - How One Standout Episode Transformed a Podcaster's Rankings 05:59 - The Four Key Elements of a Top-Performing Episode 07:45 - Step-by-Step Guide: Using Analytics to Understand Listener Preferences Episode Links: MowPod.com Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, June 19, 2024
Why Consistency Isn't the Key to Podcast Growth
Spoiler alert… the real key to growing a podcast isn’t consistency. Think about it: if consistency were the key to long-term podcasting growth, then everyone who’s been releasing an episode every week for the past year or more would have a Top 100 podcast — and that’s not the case. So if you’re sick of hearing “consistency is key to podcasting success,” you're onto something… because the truth is, consistency is only one part of the full equation for podcast growth. In this episode I’m breaking down why just sticking to a schedule isn't enough, and giving you the other piece of the equation for driving more engaged listeners to your podcast. So if you’re tired of releasing episode after episode without seeing significant growth to your podcast over the last three months, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Why Consistency Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast 1:49 - The Full Equation You Need for Podcast Growth 8:41 - The Key Activity That Will Spike Your Podcast’s Discoverability 12:41 - Three Budget-Friendly Tools to Help More Listeners Find Your Show 16:38 - How to Identify the Right Activities that Drive Podcast Growth Episode Links Ubersuggest | Free SEO Keyword Research Tool MowPod → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, June 14, 2024
High-Quality Audio is Overrated. Here's Why.
If your podcast hasn’t shown significant audience growth in the last three months despite giving your best stuff away for free in every episode, it might have nothing to do with your content and everything to do with what your listeners are hearing in your voice when you share it. Believe it or not, it’s not what you say ~but how you say it~ that’ll make your listeners pay attention and want to work with you, or keep them from fully trusting you as the expert you are (and take zero action no matter how many CTAs you give). The good news? Once you understand the psychology behind how your voice works and — more importantly — how someone listening interprets what they hear in your voice when you speak, you’ll be able to turn your voice into your most powerful tool for creating influence and income as a podcaster. If you’re serious about becoming a Top 100 podcast host, this episode is a must. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - The Unconscious Tones in Your Voice That Push Listeners Away 1:06 - Secrets to Increasing Listener Engagement with Your Voice 5:08 - Improving Communication Skills via Nonverbal Cues in Your Voice 10:33 - Three Voice Habits that Make You Sound Like an Expert 14:23 - Why Hiring the Right Voice Coach Can Help You Grow Your Podcast Episode Links: Get a free sound check with Courtney’s voice coach: Katherine Beck Check out Katherine's podcast: Speak on More Stages Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: BTS: A Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ
Wed, June 12, 2024
5 Signs Your Podcast Voice is Pushing Listeners Away
Most experts who preach about podcast growth won’t tell you this: but if you’ve been podcasting for six months or more and fewer than ten listeners have converted to clients, the first step isn’t “grow your audience”... The first step is to look at why the listeners you have aren’t converting to begin with. In this episode, I’m breaking down three little-known reasons why this happens and the most common culprit that erodes listener trust in you as the expert and causes listeners to lose interest and stop listening. You’ll also learn why audience size and podcast conversions have nothing to do with each other and find out the crucial role your voice plays in listener-to-lead conversions. Ready to take your podcast from boring to bingeworthy so you can attract, keep, and convert new listeners? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Why Subtle Tones in Your Voice Cause Listeners to Hit Unfollow 1:49 - The Key Factors Behind Podcast Growth and Conversions 2:47 - Three Reasons Your Podcast Isn't Turning Listeners into Leads 4:28 - How Your Voice Builds Trust and Keeps Listeners Coming Back 16:27 - Using Your Voice to Keep Your Listeners Engaged → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, June 07, 2024
Not Sure What to Talk About Next on Your Podcast? Try This.
How many times have you sat down to plan an episode, only to stare at the cursor blinking on the screen for an hour because you're fresh out of new episode ideas? If you're an expert host who’s starting to run out of things to talk about on your podcast, this episode is for you. I’ll let you in on a secret that today’s top podcasters don’t want you to know for generating high-converting episode content — and show you how to use it to your advantage with three specific questions you can use to spark new episode ideas. If you're ready to stop staring at a blank screen and start speaking about your topic in a way that keeps listeners hanging on your every word, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:45 - Why Even Experts Struggle with Content Ideas 5:06 - How to Keep Your Content Fresh for New Listeners 8:50 - Three Quick Questions to Break Through Podcaster’s Block 10:38 - The Secret to Creating Episodes That Deeply Connect with Your Audience 11:50 - Spotting the Hidden Cues That Might Be Turning Off Your Listeners → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, June 05, 2024
Q + A | The Truth About Listen Notes Rankings
Ever wondered how to improve your Listen Notes ranking? In this episode, I’m breaking down what Listen Notes is, how it works, and whether its rankings really matter for your podcast. You’ll also learn how Listen Notes rankings differ from Apple Podcasts rankings, and I’ll give you three practical steps you can take to better understand — and improve — your Listen Notes score. If you’re ready to find out how your podcast stacks up against today’s most popular podcasts, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - What Are Listen Notes Rankings and Why They Matter 1:38 - Going From Top 10% to Top 1% on Listen Notes 6:56 - Shifting from Outcome-Based to Action-Based Goals 9:43 - Why Increasing Listens is More Important than Getting More Listeners 20:27 - Three Practical Ways to Increase Your Podcast’s Ranking Potential Episode Links: PodMatch PodScore Self-Assessment Verify Your Podcast on ListenNotes.com Special thanks to Shilpa, host of Omni Mindfulness , for submitting today's question! Other Episodes You'll Enjoy: The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting Steal My High Converting Episode Framework 4 Signs Listeners are Overlooking Your Podcast The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: <a href='https://www.linkedin.com/in/courtneyelm
Fri, May 31, 2024
The Difference Between Hitting Publish vs. Launching a Podcast | Karen Powell
You’d never spend a year or more writing a book, only to tell no one, hit “publish” on Amazon, and hope it becomes a bestseller, would you? Of course not. Yet this is how most people start their podcasts… and why they’re shocked when their show only brings in less than 100 downloads an episode. That’s why I invited mindset expert and podcast host Karen Powell to break down the key differences between hitting publish and launching a podcast — and what can happen when you have a strategic plan in place to build momentum from day one and get your show discovered by new listeners every day. The best part? This process will work whether you have an established podcast or you’re just starting out, If you’re ready to reach a global audience of listeners eager to hear your message, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Overcome the Fear of Sharing Your True Voice 0:54 - Social Media vs. Podcasting: Which is Better for Lead Generation? 2:39 - Avoiding Common Pitfalls on Your Podcast Launch Day 8:11 - Why Strategy is Key to Launching a Successful Podcast 12:11 - How Karen Broke into the Top 100 and Ranked #1 of All Podcasts on Launch Day Episode Links Check out Karen's Podcast: Make Money Living Your Purpose Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Here’s What Launching a Podcast Looks Like → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, May 29, 2024
3 Easy (and Ethical) Ways to Get More Podcast Reviews
Tired of asking for reviews in every episode and hearing nothing but crickets? I mean, it’s obvious from your analytics dashboard that people are listening to your show. People even tell you “omg I love your podcast” or “that episode was exactly what I needed to hear!” But STILL they won’t take 30 seconds and leave a review. #rude That’s because there’s two types of reviews (and two types of behavior that drives them), and in this episode I’ll unpack what they are and how to leverage them to your advantage so you can start getting the social proof on your show you deserve. Ready to see those five stars start rolling in so that you (and others!) know your show is worth the listen? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:54 - Why It Can Feel Like Pulling Teeth to Get Podcast Reviews 2:35 - Why Podcast Reviews Matter More Than You Think 6:05 - Two Powerful Reasons People Are Compelled to Leave Reviews 10:08 - The Biggest Mistake Hosts Make When Asking for Podcast Reviews 13:15 - How to Avoid Negative Podcast Reviews 17:46 - 3 Proven, Ethical Strategies to Get More Podcast Reviews Episode Links: PodLottery PodMatch Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged The Real Reason Why Your Podcast Isn't Converting → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, May 24, 2024
The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn't Converting | Brandon Lucero
You know when you listen to a podcast episode and you’re like, “This is creepy. It’s like they made this just for me. How did they know I needed this?! Are they in my brain?! Woah. HOW DID THEY KNOW?!" (Well. It’s me, hi. I’m doing it again). Look, no one (and I mean absolutely no one ) starts a podcast and says, "I want to put all this effort in and get zero return." You *want* to reach millions with your message. You *want* a bingeworthy show that people rave about with their friends. And it sure would be nice to convert at least some of your listeners to clients and customers, wouldn't it? If you’re like, ummm DUH, YES then pay attention because you’re about to learn how to drive more conversions by communicating in a way that makes your listener pay attention while creating demand for whatever product or service you offer. My friend and mentor Brandon Lucero is a master at the art of persuasive communication, and he joins us inside this bonus episode to show you the top reasons why your listeners aren’t converting to clients — and how to fix it. So if you’re ready to get more listeners saying “OMG, you’re in my head” and “How can I work with you?!" hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 1:18 - The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn't Converting 4:12 - The Biggest Mistake Causing Your Podcast Episodes to Get Overlooked 8:06 - Do You Really Solve a Problem for Your Audience? (Hint: You Do) 11:10 - Why Talking About Problems Makes People Feel Heard, Not Hopeless 13:04 - 5 Signs It's Time to Pivot Your Podcast Topics Episode Links: Check out Brandon Lucero's podcast: The New Generation Entrepreneur Connect with Brandon Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: 4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged Throughout Every Episode 3 Surprising Content Mistakes that Are Costing You Clients → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit </b
Wed, May 22, 2024
4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged Through Every Episode | Brandon Lucero
If you want a podcast that thousands of people listen to, you first have to know how to get people to care about what you have to say. The problem? Most podcast hosts think “valuable content” is the key to growing an engaged podcast audience. So they teach as much as they can in every episode because they believe more information means more value. But it doesn’t work like that. (If it did, then your listeners wouldn’t lose interest and stop listening before finishing the episode). If you want to become a top podcast host, you need to learn how to speak your listener’s language. This is why I invited top podcaster and communications expert Brandon Lucero to join me in this episode to show you four powerful ways you can hook your listeners in, keep them engaged, and drive more conversions from your podcast. [SPOILER ALERT] these four techniques will allow you to stop creating episodes that blend in with others, make listeners rave about your content, keep listeners coming back again and again to binge your episodes, and raise their hands asking how to work with you. If you don’t want that, don’t listen. But if you’re ready to learn how, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 1:58 - Use this Simple Title Tweak to Grab Your Listener’s Attention 4:56 - Why Too Much Teaching Can Drive Listeners Away 8:13 - The "One and More" Method to Keep Listeners Hooked (and Excited for More) 10:16 - Four Powerful Ways to Add Value Without Overteaching 13:33 - The Three Types of Trust People Need In Order to Buy From You 15:35 - From 75% Drop-Off to Over 93% Completion Rates Episode Links: Check out Brandon Lucero's podcast: The New Generation Entrepreneur Connect with Brandon Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the
Fri, May 17, 2024
Should You Edit Your Own Podcast? | Shawn Shewchuk
"Do I really need to hire a podcast editor? Or can I get by with one of those AI podcast editing tools and call it a day?" This is a question I get asked all the time by people who value their time, and there's no shortage of opinions on this topic. But if you’re a coach, consultant, or online business owner and your numero uno goal with your podcast is to drive more leads to your business, there are some pros and cons to consider. That’s why I invited 2x bestselling author and award winning host Shawn Shewchuk to join me inside this episode. He’s helped more than 12,500 entrepreneurs learn to do more in less time — not by managing time, but by thinking about it differently. We're breaking down why podcasters need to answer this question based on your current stage in business, size of your team, unique business goals, and goals for your podcast. So, should you edit your own podcast? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 2:13 - Why Podcasters Need to Think Like a CEO 5:40 - The Unexpected Reason Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing 7:58 - How to Identify and Eliminate Time-Wasting Activities 11:18 - 5 Signs You're Spending Too Much Time on the Wrong Things 13:43 - A Simple Framework for Making Better Podcast Decisions → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, May 15, 2024
Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework
If you’re an online business owner, coach, or consultant, you probably launched your podcast to draw more attention to your business and drive more leads to your offers. That’s why it’s so frustrating when you spend hours creating each episode only to have listeners tell you they love your show, but never ask how to work with you. In this episode, I break down the three reasons why this happens and share our high-converting episode framework to help you plan podcast episodes that create desire and demand for your offers, without giving away all your secrets for free. If you're not converting as many listeners as you'd like (and want to fix this once and for all), hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Three Mistakes That Are Costing You Conversions 2:18 - Stop Selling Solutions, Start Selling Problems 6:38 - One Simple Technique to Keep Listeners Hooked 9:55 - Eight Segments to Structure High-Converting Episodes 18:40 - A Powerful Way to Make Listeners Eager for Your Next Episode → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, May 10, 2024
Q + A | Should You Offer a Podcast Subscription?
If you’re an online business owner, consultant, or expert who’s ever wondered whether you should offer a podcast subscription for your listeners, this is the episode for you. We’re breaking down the pros and cons of paid podcast subscriptions, and I'll give you the answers to questions you can't find on Google, like: → "How do paid podcast subscriptions actually work?" → "What are the pros and cons of offering paid podcast subscriptions?" → "Will offering a paid podcast subscription increase listener engagement, or will it take away from my total podcast downloads?" → "How much money can I make from offering a paid podcast subscription?" ...and a few more things about podcast subscriptions the big players like Apple and Spotify don’t want you to know. Because when you're managing a podcast alongside your business, every minute counts. So if you want to learn whether a paid podcast subscription is the right strategy for your show or just another shiny object, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Should You Offer Subscription-Based Podcast Content? 3:08 - Will Offering Paid Content Hurt Your Downloads? 7:30 - Creative Ways to Monetize Without Creating Extra Content 10:15 - The Hidden Costs of Offering Paid Podcast Subscriptions 15:29 - How Much Can Paid Subscriptions Actually Earn You? 19:00 - What Apple and Spotify Don’t Tell You About Podcast Subscriptions Special thanks to Philip, host of Wits & Weights , for submitting today's question! → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, May 08, 2024
How to Overcome Your Fear of Starting a Podcast | Lucy Liu
Are you toying with the idea of starting a podcast, but worried people won't want to hear what you have to say? Or maybe you already started your show, but your throat still feels tight every time you hit the record button. If this is you, you're not alone. (Case in point: I *still* struggle with this sometimes.) The reality? That voice of self-doubt will be there at every new level you achieve. So it's not about getting rid of self-doubt... It's about learning how to quiet it so that it doesn't prevent you from sharing your message. I've got renowned mindset expert and accomplished podcaster Lucy Liu in the studio with me to unpack the common, but often unacknowledged mental obstacles that we face as podcasters. Whether it's the fear of putting yourself out there or the persistent doubts that creep in during recording sessions, we'll equip you with the tools to navigate these challenges head-on. Ready to unlock the full potential of your podcast and hone your ability to influence people and create meaningful change in the world with your voice? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 1:33 - How to Overcome the Fear of Starting a Podcast 3:12 - Why Clarity Beats Speed in Your Podcast Journey 8:15 - How to Know When It’s Time to Pivot Your Podcast 9:45 - Why Self-Doubt Never Really Goes Away (And What to Do About It) 11:24 - How to Build the Confidence You Need to Succeed as a Podcaster Episode Links: Check out Lucy's podcast: The Lucy Liu Show → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, May 03, 2024
4 Signs Listeners are Overlooking Your Podcast
Tell me if this sounds familiar... → You publish at least one new podcast episode every week without fail... but you’re still getting less than 1000 downloads per episode (despite doing literally everything the experts say you need to do to grow your show) → People tell you they love your podcast but no one has left a review on your show in the last 30 days → You check your analytics dashboard every week but haven't seen a significant increase in downloads or listens in the last three months → Even though you know the content you share in every episode is highly valuable, only one or two listeners have ever reached out asking how to work with you If you're like, UM YES THIS IS ME, then you've probably also been told that that podcasting is a long game and that you just need to stay consistent and give it more time. But have you ever asked yourself why it's not working? ... there's a reason why. And after helping over 95% of our clients break the Top 100 in their categories, we've found it's often because your podcast is missing something called a "core differentiator" . Or in other words, a way of communicating to your listener why your show is the one they need to listen to. We both know you're here to add real value and make meaningful change in people's lives. So to save you 4+ years of figuring this out the hard way like I did, I recorded this episode for you. :) Ready to learn how to fix it so you can reach more people who need to hear your message? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 4:16 - Why Consistency Won’t Grow Your Podcast (And What Will) 3:10 - Identifying and Understanding Your Listener's Problems 6:41 - Making Your Podcast Stand Out in a Crowded Niche 9:15 - Communicating Your Podcast's Unique Value 10:42 - The Key First Step to a Top 100 Podcast 18:33 - Getting Listeners to Choose Your Show Over Others → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: <a href='https://www.linkedin.com/in/courtn
Wed, May 01, 2024
Getting Zero Engagement from Repurposed Podcast Content? Here's Why.
You've heard of content repurposing: taking your podcast episodes and converting them into bite-sized clips to share on short-form platforms. In theory it's supposed to help you expand your reach and drive traffic back to your podcast. But in reality? Now you're spending hours scouring through endless AI-generated clips and adding flashy effects and captions at the expense of all the other things you need to do in your business (you know, like sales and client delivery). What's worse is that you have zero way of knowing if all this work is doing anything to drive traffic back to your podcast. (not much, from the looks of your 30-day downloads). I'm breaking down three reasons your content repurposing efforts are falling flat, and give you three uncommon strategies the pros use to create viral content that commands attention and drives traffic back to your show. So if you're over posting podcast video clips to social media (or heck, throwing the whole episode up on YouTube), only to get a couple hundred views and no likes or comments — hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Why Repurposing Podcast Content for Social Media Misses the Mark 5:07 - The Counterintuitive Approach to Podcast Content Repurposing 12:36 - How Connor Price Hit 1 Billion Streams with Creative Content 15:01 - Why Vanity Metrics Are Killing Your Podcast Growth 16:09 - 3 Steps to Repurpose Podcast Content for Higher Engagement 21:52 - Use This Key Strategy to Drive Social Media Traffic to Your Podcast Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Grow Your Podcast by Changing How You Use Email Marketing → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ <br
Fri, April 26, 2024
How to Create a Podcast Brand Listeners Can’t Ignore | Tonya Eberhart, Michael Carr
Most people think today’s top podcasters are successful because they have a massive audience, professional audio, and this seemingly effortless ability to pump out high-quality content. But when you think of successful podcasts like "Serial" or "The Joe Rogan Experience”, it’s not ~just~ the audio quality or even the content itself that draws people in and keeps them coming back. (Because if that were true, then everyone with a $100+ mic who releases high-quality episodes every week would be in the Top 100 and we both know that’s not the case). But, today’s top podcasts DO have four things in common — and one of the most important? A strong podcast brand that compels listeners to choose *your* show over others like yours. But podcast branding is much more than cover art and a catchy show title. Which is why I invited co-hosts Tonya Eberhart and Michael Carr of the top ranked Be Bold Branding podcast to join me in this episode so we can help you nail the invisible elements of your podcast brand and create a show listeners can’t ignore. Ready to learn the first steps you need to build a powerful podcast brand that commands attention? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Unexpected Ways Your Identity Boosts Your Brand 4:49 - The Top Mistake That’s Causing Listeners to Overlook Your Podcast 5:13 - Why Mixing Personal Branding With Your Podcast Hurts You 9:34 - What to Do If Your Podcast Outgrows Your Brand 12:51 - Why Broad Podcasting Approaches Are Outdated Episode Links: Check out Tonya and Michael's podcast: Be Bold Branding → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, April 24, 2024
Q + A | Why Imitating Top Hosts is Hurting Your Podcast Growth
If watching other successful hosts and imitating what they do was the secret to a successful podcast, then everyone who's mirrored another successful host would have a Top 100 podcast… and we both know that's not the case. But how exactly *do* you steer clear of the Podcast Comparison Trap when it feels like other podcasts are the only benchmark for measuring your show's success? In this eye-opening episode of Listener Q + A, we’ll unpack why the Podcast Comparison Trap happens, the 5 telltale signs that listeners are overlooking your show, and how embracing your own expertise and distinct voice will help you position your show to stand out amidst the noise of the crowded podcasting landscape. Ready to step out of the shadows of comparison and step boldly into the spotlight as an in-demand podcast host? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 1:07 - Why Imitating Top Hosts is Hurting Your Podcast Growth 4:06 - The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn't Growing 6:49 - 5 Telltale Red Flags Your Podcast Is Blending In 12:05 - How to Escape the Podcast Comparison Trap for Faster Growth 17:24 - The Surprising Shift That Helps Others Value You as an Expert Special thanks to Beth Schillaci, host of Travel Beyond the Guidebook , for submitting today's question! → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, April 19, 2024
Want More Listener Engagement? Do This | Matt Drinkhan
It’s no secret that more people are tuning into podcasts than ever before. But with millions of podcasts to choose from, the shows that will excel the most over the next five years are ones who foster two-way communication with their audience, source the right kind of feedback from their listeners, and share hyper-relevant content that connects on a deep and meaningful level. Top podcaster and author Matt Drinkhan joins me in this episode to show you three listener engagement strategies you can incorporate starting today to attract new listeners, keep them hooked, and make them excited to come back for more. Ready to increase listener engagement and get more listeners choosing your show over the competition? If you're like, “duh yes!” hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:01 - How to Know if You’re Sharing the Right Things on Your Podcast 4:39 - The One Simple Question that Will Reveal Your Podcast’s Blind Spots 7:10 - The Secret to Finding Your Most Impactful Stories 9:23 - Make Your Listeners Feel This to Keep Them Hooked 10:30 - What to Do When You Feel Like Your Story Isn't Worth Sharing 13:05 - Why Fumbling Through the Process is Part of Becoming a Great Host Episode Links: Check out Matt Drinkhan's podcast: The Eternal Optimist → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, April 17, 2024
My Most Embarrassing Moment as a Podcaster
There I was, crying over my analytics dashboard at 10:42 AM. I'd just released my 16th episode and I still hadn’t enrolled a single new client from my podcast. I came *this close* to throwing my mic in the garbage and giving up on this whole podcasting thing (and honestly? I have no clue what stopped me). But now looking back, I’m so glad I stuck with it. I made three surprising mistakes that caused me to struggle more than I needed to during my first year of podcasting, and I’m breaking down what those three mistakes are inside this episode so that you can avoid them too. So if you’re someone who publishes at least one episode every week without fail but you’re still getting less than 1000 downloads per episode, or if people tell you they love your podcast but no one is buying, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - My Most Embarrassing Podcasting Moment (Get Ready to Cringe) 2:49 - The Dunning Kruger Effect and Its Impact on New Podcasters 3:57 - The One Moment That Changed Everything 5:47 - Bigger Audience Means More Sales, Right? Wrong... 8:24 - Why Consistency Is NOT the "Secret" to Podcasting Success Episode Links: Understanding the Dunning-Kreuger Effect | courtesy of Verywell Mind Dunning-Kreuger Effect (visual) → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, April 12, 2024
Here's What Launching a Podcast Looks Like | Rachel Provan
Hitting 'publish' on your podcast is one thing, but launching a podcast? It's the difference between your show being virtually invisible to listeners or popping off on the charts and grabbing the attention of your perfect listeners worldwide. But while plenty talk about podcasting's benefits for business growth, few provide a proven strategy for launching a podcast that dominates the charts with bingeworthy content that turns listeners into clients. That’s why I invited full-time business owner and new podcaster Rachel Provan to join me in this episode, so you can see how strategically launching a podcast... → landed her show in the Top 100 in the US + UK → grew her email list by 500+ new subscribers in a week → earned 45+ reviews and 1000+ downloads in her first 24 hours → is now reaching people in over 20+ countries and 1300+ cities around the world → is growing 10x faster than the average podcast at a rate of 500+ downloads/week So if you want to save yourself hundreds of hours of trial and error and get these same results for your show? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - The Critical 8-Week Window for Podcast Success 1:12 - Unlocking Hidden Potential in Niche Podcast Markets 3:29 - The 3-Part Framework for a Top 100 Podcast 7:54 - How to Maximize Engagement in Your First Eight Weeks as a Podcast Host 10:49 - Why Niche Podcasts Grow Faster than General-Interest Podcasts Episode Links: Check out Rachel's podcast: Psychology of Customer Success → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, April 10, 2024
Grow Your Podcast by Changing How You Use Email Marketing
Sending an email blast every time you release a new podcast episode might seem like the right move, but it could actually be stunting your podcast's growth. (And inside this episode, I'll reveal why your podcast isn't growing no matter how many "New Episode!" announcement emails you send.) When you finish listening, you'll know exactly how to share the type of podcast content your email list wants to read — giving *you* higher open rates and increased downloads. #winwin Ready to use your podcast to get more people subscribing to your email list (and get your email subscribers EXCITED to go listen to your podcast)? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Why Sending “New Episode!” Emails Won't Grow Your Podcast 2:58 - Why Your Podcast Should Be at the Top of Your Marketing Funnel 5:41 - Use Reverse Psychology to Convert Email Readers into Loyal Listeners 11:06 - Understanding the Two Types of Traffic That Drive Podcast Growth 12:30 - How Your Podcast Builds Trust and Shortens Sales Cycles Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: Steal This Easy Episode Hack to Grow Your Email List → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, April 05, 2024
The Best (and Worst) Ways to Use AI for Your Podcast | Manuj Aggarwal
With the rise of AI, listeners are becoming more skilled than ever at telling the difference between what’s real and what’s fake. Which means that if AI is the sum total of all human wisdom and you’re copy/pasting content from the same tools that every other podcast host is using — you run the risk of sounding like everyone else. And if you want to be seen as a real thought leader, the LAST thing you want is for your listeners to think you aren’t who you say you are. That’s why global tech founder and AI expert Manuj Aggarwal is back in the studio with me to share the number one way you can teach AI to sound like you, so you can reap its benefits ~without~ compromising your authentic voice. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Want to Stand Out? Personalize Your AI Outputs 1:10 - AI-Driven Distribution: How to Capture Listener Attention in 3 Seconds 3:03 - The Best and Worst Ways to Use Podcasting AI for Your Show 5:13 - AI’s Limitations in Replicating Human Emotion in Podcasting 8:47 - The Future of AI-Driven Podcasting, and What it Means for You Episode Links: Capsho Castmagic PodMatch PodLottery Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy The Future of AI for Podcasting → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, April 03, 2024
The Future of AI for Podcasting | Manuj Aggarwal
A human wrote this. (hey, it needed to be said). Look, in today's AI-driven world I KNOW it's tempting to use technology to streamline your processes. But to what extent should you be using AI for your podcast? And is AI actually harming your show’s ability to attract new listeners? Put it this way: there'll only ever be one true Picasso. And just like an art expert can spot what's real and what's fake, it's crucial to maintain your podcast's unique identity amid the flood of AI-generated content. Because guess who's becoming the new decoders of authenticity? Yup. Your listeners. But instead of trading dollars for priceless works of art, they're trading something even more valuable: their time. And they don't want to spend it listening to impersonators. (YOU are the real deal - I know that. But it's your listeners we have to convince.) So I asked global tech founder and AI expert, Manuj Aggarwal, to join me in this episode to discuss how you can use AI without losing your authentic voice. Because in a Black Mirror world where everything is a simulation, being real is the new priceless. (Okay fine, so Mastercard won't be hiring me anytime soon.) But if you're ready to learn how you can streamline your podcast production without sounding like everyone else who's *also* uploading their episode content into the same AI tools, THAT I can help with. Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - How to Use AI Without Losing Your Authentic Voice 1:25 - The Future of AI for Thought Leaders and Experts 2:11 - How to Personalize Podcasting AI to Reflect Your Unique Style and Tone 7:54 - The Need for New Regulations in an AI-Integrated Society 11:47 - Innovative Podcasting AI Applications in Podcasting and Beyond → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ <b
Fri, March 29, 2024
How to Choose the Best Category for Your Podcast
Picking a podcast category feels strangely similar to choosing your next Netflix show to watch — overwhelming and potentially regrettable. And let's be real, Google and YouTube aren't exactly serving up fresh insights when you search “how to choose a podcast category” either (and the info that does exist? it’s already out of date). But not to worry, because in this episode I’ll show you the #1 thing platforms like Apple care about when choosing a podcast category, the surprising impact of your podcast category on your show’s growth, and how to determine your ideal podcast category in three simple steps so more people can find your podcast. So if you’re ready to grow your podcast audience and get discovered by new listeners who have no idea you exist, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Is Your Podcast in the Wrong Category? 1:06 - The #1 Thing Apple Cares About When Categorizing Your Podcast 3:48 - How to Shortlist Potential Categories Your Show Could Fit Into 5:44 - The Little-Known Secret to Gaining Early Momentum for Your Podcast 8:49 - How to Determine Your Ideal Podcast Category in 3 Steps 13:22 - The Surprising Impact of Category Choice on Podcast Success Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: From 30 to 1000+ Downloads in One Day With This Simple Shift → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, March 27, 2024
The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length
Okay... what's up with these hosts who love to talk like they're determined to rival Tolstoy with their marathon episodes? (looking at you, Joe Rogan 👀) There's this trend going on right now where 39% of episodes are clocking in over 40 minutes. But that doesn't mean listeners are listening that long. So basing your episode length off some random google search for "how long should my episodes be" or copying other hosts and making your episodes as long as theirs might actually be causing you to lose listeners. The perfect episode length ultimately comes down to your listener's specific preferences — which is why inside this episode, I'm going to you how to figure out exactly how long *your* episodes should be based on your unique listener data. Ready for your listeners to do the work for a change and tell you exactly what they want? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - The Dangerous Mistake Most Podcasters Make When Determining Episode Length 2:20 - The Surprising Metric You're Probably Ignoring (But Shouldn't!) 5:24 - How to Nail Your Ideal Episode Length from Day 1 8:16 - Where Your Listener is Tuning in From Matters More than You Think 10:16 - The Easy 2-Step Process to Optimize Episode Length for Maximum Listener Engagement → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Fri, March 22, 2024
5 Ways to Beat the Apple Algorithm | Adam Adams
Honestly… getting your show on the charts is not as hard as you think it is. ~she says, after spending the last 4 years figuring out how to do it well~ (so, okay, it's a little hard. But this episode will make it SO MUCH easier.) If you've ever wondered how top podcasters land their shows on the charts week over week, you're going to want to listen to this episode. again. (and again). But instead of giving you vague, general advice like: → "publish episodes every week" → “make sure you have great audio quality” → “give away your best content for free in every episode" Adam Adams is back in the studio with me to share exactly how to trigger the Apple algorithms to share your show with more listeners. Ready? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 1:35 - The 5 Main Things That Trigger Podcast Algorithms and Boost Your Reach 4:42 - How Paying for Fake Downloads Can Destroy Your Podcast's Chances of Success 7:01 - How to Make Apple's Algorithm Work in Your Favor 10:53 - A Ninja Strategy for Increasing Genuine Ratings, Reviews, and Downloads Without Spending a Dime on Ads 16:23 - The Secret to Getting Listeners to Binge Your Episodes Episode Links: Check out Adam's podcast: The Podcast on Podcasting → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, March 20, 2024
What No One Tells You About Marketing a Podcast | Adam Adams
When people ask me, "How can I get more listeners to engage with my show?!" My answer is always simple: know what makes your listeners ~ want~ to engage in the first place. Because in the world of podcasting, creating valuable content is only half the battle. To grow your podcast, you need to know how to engage your listeners both on and off the podcast platforms with an effective podcast marketing strategy. That's why I invited one of the few experts I trust in the podcasting space, Adam Adams, to join me in this episode to show you the most effective ways to keep your audience hooked and coming back for more. So if you're ready to stop feeling like you're talking to yourself in an empty room and learn the first steps you can take to help more listeners find your show (especially if you are launching for the first time), hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:55 - The One Thing Your Podcast Needs to Succeed (And nope, it's not great content) 3:57 - Netflix's Secret to Launching Bingeworthy Shows 7:40 - The Pre-Launch Strategy that Triggers Algorithms and Creates Buzz 14:18 - The Top Mistake Podcasters Make When Launching Their Show 19:04 - Why Social Proof Matters More Than You Think Episode Links: Check out Adam's podcast: The Podcast on Podcasting → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Wed, March 13, 2024
Three (Under the Radar) Ways to Use Your Podcast as a Powerful Lead-Gen Tool
You already know that podcasting is KEY when it comes to growing your authority and thought leadership. But if every time you check your podcast analytics and want to chuck your mic garbage because only four people listened to your episode, you’re not alone. The thing is, when it comes to publishing high-quality podcast content, you’ve got it DOWN. You’re already giving your best stuff away for free. You publish an episode every week like the experts tell you. And people tell you all the time that they love your podcast. So… why are you still struggling to convert your listeners to leads? This maaay come as a shock, but trying to convert listeners is the slowest path to podcast monetization. CAN it work? Of course. But are there other ways to leverage your podcast as a lead-gen tool for podcast monetization that you might not be thinking about? One hundred percent yes. First, though, you need to stop looking to your podcast for leads, and start looking through it. (Don’t worry, explanation incoming). So, if you’re ready to turn your podcast into your numero uno source of organic leads, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. Other Episodes You'll Enjoy… Why You Don’t Need a Big Audience to Have a Profitable Podcast If Your Podcast Isn’t Converting Listeners to Leads, This Could Be Why → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, March 12, 2024
Why Podcasting Is Changing Online Business as We Know It | Josh Elledge
You get a new review every month or two. People tell you they love listening to your show. But… you’re still getting nowhere NEAR the number of leads you thought you’d be getting by now from your podcast. (And for the ridiculous amount of time and energy podcasting takes, you want to be reaching thousands of people — not talking to yourself in an empty room!) ^^ If you don’t have a podcast yet? This is basically your worst nightmare. The podcasting industry has changed a lot in the 4+ years I’ve been podcasting. The question is, are you changing along with it? This is why I invited Josh Elledge to join me inside this episode to talk about the biggest mistakes to avoid when it comes to integrating a podcast in your marketing strategy, and the number one thing you need to be doing with your podcast right now if your goal is growth. And surprisingly? It’s not at all what you’d expect — but it’s going to be more important than ever so you don’t get left behind as the podcasting landscape continues to evolve and grow. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:54 - The Real Reason Successful Entrepreneurs Are Shifting to Podcasting 3:40 - Don't Make This Rookie Mistake if You Want Your Podcast to Get Noticed 5:07 - How Podcasting Opens Doors to High-Level Networking 6:05 - Think Being a Podcast Guest Will Grow Your Biz? Think Again 8:50 - How Hosting a Podcast Grants You Access to Anyone You Want to Connect With → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, March 05, 2024
How to Speak the Language of Your Ideal Listener
You know when you listen to a podcast episode and you’re like, “This is creepy. It’s like they made this just for me. How did they know I needed this?! Are they in my brain?! Woah. HOW DID THEY KNOW?!" Well. It’s me, hi. I’m doing it again. If you're wanting to know how to get more listeners to your podcast, this is going to help you BIG TIME. That’s because ~THE~ secret to a Top 100 podcast is knowing how to get inside the mind of your ideal listener and solving the very real problems that they have. Simple, yes. Easy? well, let's just say thiiis is the part that trips most people up. I call it learning how to speak your listener's language — and mastering this is what separates the Top 100 hosts from the wannabe podcasters who DIY'd their cover art, hit record, and called it a day. So to save you 4+ years of figuring this out the hard way like I did, here's how to grab the attention of your listener like it's your FREAKING JOB. (Get ready to pay attention and take some notes. I'm talking pens and pencils, people!) Attracting more listeners to your podcast boils down to three simple-but-unconventional things. Ready to find out what they are? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - The Simple Strategy Top 100 Podcasts Use to Stand Out 1:47 - The Surprising Truth About Why Most Podcasts Fail 4:15 - The 5-Minute Exercise That Helps You Attract the Right Audience 8:03 - The Key to Crafting Compelling Episodes 9:14 - How Solving Specific Problems Turns People into Binge-Listeners → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 27, 2024
When is the Best Time to Start a Podcast?
If you’ve toyed with the idea of starting a podcast but haven’t started yours yet, maybe you’ve also wondered if there's a best or better time to start it. Then again, if you ask any top podcaster they’ll all tell you the same thing: I’m SO glad I started my podcast when I did. So ~is~ there a best time to start a podcast? Sure, there IS some strategy that goes into launching your show effectively and I’m breaking all that down for you inside this episode. But even more importantly, you’ll also learn the three things that determine podcast success (and why ‘right timing’ isn’t one of them). Ready to stop overthinking and start podcasting? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. Episode Links: How to Rank Your Podcast in the Top 100 - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 27, 2024
BTS: Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session
In our last episode, we talked about how if you’re struggling to convert listeners to leads from your podcast, it *could* be that you're unknowingly pushing people away with your number one tool for building trust as a podcaster — your voice. So in this BONUS episode, I'm sharing a peek into a recent session with my own voice coach, Katherine Beck. She's got an ear for calling out the subtle voice habits, and you’ll immediately be able to hear the impact that nonverbal communication has on your listener engagement in real-time. As you listen to this episode, notice where you pay attention and where you start to tune me out — and get ready to take some serious notes so you can apply what Katherine teaches me to your own podcast, too. Ready to uncover the secret sauce to being a Top 100 podcaster? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:00 - A Peek Behind the Scenes Into My Latest Voice Coaching Session 1:46 - Why Relying on a Script Can Make Listeners Tune You Out 3:21 - How to Build Trust Through Your Voice 7:20 - When to Ditch the Script and Let Your Instincts Lead the Way 15:00 - How to Keep Listeners from Dropping Off Mid-Episode Episode Links: Check out Katherine Beck's podcast: Speak on More Stages - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 20, 2024
If Your Podcast Isn't Converting Listeners to Leads, This Could Be Why
SPOILER ALERT: A fancy mic won't make you a successful podcaster. (Okay, fine, maybe that’s obvious.) But if you're currently not seeing the conversions you want from your podcast, it might have absolutely nothing to do with how good your microphone is or the quality of your content or how consistently you release episodes. It *could* be that you're unknowingly pushing people away with your number one tool for building trust as a podcaster — your voice. I don't mean that you somehow got forgotten at the back of the line the day God was handing out angelic voices. I'm talking about how your audience might be tuning you out because of something they're picking up on in your God-given voice. Anxiety? They can sense it. Self doubt? They can hear it. Apologizing when you ask them to take any kind of action? Yup, you guessed it. In this episode, you’re going to learn: The impact of nonverbal communication on your listener engagement How unconscious sounds in your voice can repel listeners without you realizing it Why your beliefs and thoughts can impact the way your voice is received A behind-the-scenes look at my own journey from struggling to hit six figures to being named among the top 1% of all podcasts globally simply by learning how to use my voice more effectively (and how you can do the same) If you want a podcast that's worthy of being in the Top 100 and make meaningful change in the world through your voice, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:54 - The 93% Rule: How You Say It Matters More Than What You Say 1:50 - How Your Voice Can Build (or Break) Trust with Your Listeners 5:29 - The Hidden Impact of Your Voice on Listener Conversions 7:50 - Why It's About More than Cutting Out Filler Words... 20:15 - How to Assess and Adjust Your Voice for Better Listener Engagement Episode Links: Check out Tracy Goodwin's podcast: Captivate the Room Check out Katherine Beck's podcast: Speak on More Stages - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit fo
Tue, February 13, 2024
Running Out of Episode Ideas? Here's What to Do.
You know that feeling when it's the day before your next podcast episode is supposed to air and you find yourself staring at the keyboard wondering "Omg... what on earth am I going to talk about?!" I used to HARDCORE STRUGGLE with coming up with fresh content ideas on my topic when it felt like I'd already talked about everything under the sun — multiple times. I had no clue that I was approaching it totally the wrong way, though. Too often, podcast hosts (our clients included) think they have to resign themselves to the fact that coming up with content ideas after you've spent 142 episodes talking about everything there is to know about your topic is gonna be a soul-sucking slog from there on out. When, really, your case of podcaster's block is actually caused by something else altogether (and once you realize what it is, you're gonna be like "Oh OKAY I can't believe I didn't see it before.”) Trust me: creating a podcast that's FUN for you + interesting for your listener is about to get a whoooole lot easier. And once you see it, you'll be cranking out podcast episodes like the Energizer Bunny on steroids. Or with the peak energy of my six year old at 5:30 am every morning. If you want to know my secret sauce for obliterating podcaster's block anytime it tries to rear its ugly head, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Not Sure What to Talk About Next On Your Podcast? Here’s Why. 1:52 - What to Do When You’ve Got Zero Episodes Batched 4:42 - Why Even Top Podcasters Get Bored with Their Content 7:01 - The Unexpected Upside of a Podcasting Rut 11:00 - Three Questions to Spark Fresh Podcast Episode Topics - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 06, 2024
Why You Don't Need a Big Audience to Have a Profitable Podcast
“Do I need a big audience to be successful with a podcast?” It’s the question that keeps every aspiring podcaster up at night, and I get why — they see all these top podcasters with hundreds of thousands of followers on social media (and an email list worth envying) and assume that to be successful with a podcast, they need that too. In fact most people think that people like Amy Porterfield and Tim Ferris and heck, Joe-freakin-Rogan are successful podcasters because they had a big audience when they started their show. But nope. It's actually the other way around. Being ultra-successful with a podcast isn’t about how big your audience is when you start. It's about knowing how to differentiate yourself to attract the right audience *so that* you can grow. If you have a podcast right now that's not growing like you expected it to (OR) if you’re someone who wants to start a podcast this year and make sure it's successful from the jump... You’re going to need to know what levers to pull to make sure your show stands out and gets the attention it deserves. And in this episode, I'm breaking down the first step to doing exactly that. Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Starting a Podcast? Why You Don't Need a Big Audience to Succeed 1:25 - Social Media is Dead: Here’s Why 4:25 - Build Relationships Over Numbers When Starting a Podcast 7:48 - Why Every Top Podcaster Started from Zero When Starting a Podcast 11:36 - Learning How to Speak Your Listener’s Language - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 30, 2024
From 30 to 1000+ Downloads in One Day With This Simple Shift
Is your podcast still bringing in fewer than 1000 downloads per episode? Do you want to start a podcast and avoid hitting the painful plateaus most podcasters hit by Episode 6? I hate to break it to you, but waiting around to hit that 1000+ downloads-per-episode milestone is the very thing keeping your podcast stuck. Most hosts think, “As long as I’m consistent, my show will grow in time.” But if the average show only brings in ~2000 total downloads per year, the REAL question is: how many years are you willing to work to finally start seeing the results you want? (No wonder most hosts quit after Episode 6.) In this episode, we’re going behind the scenes of a recent client launch to show you one surprisingly simple shift that took this client from averaging ~30 dnl/episode to over 1000+/dnl per episode in a single day (and how you can too). Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - From 30 to 1,000+ Downloads with One Simple Shift 1:40 - Avoiding the Biggest Podcast Launch Mistake 5:41 - The Secret to Climbing Apple’s Charts 9:50 - Why Buying Downloads Is a Bad Idea 10:46 - The Surprising Timing Strategy to Increase Your Podcast’s Reach - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 23, 2024
How to Choose a Bingeworthy Name for Your Podcast
Choosing a podcast name that helps you stand out is the worst thing you can do for your podcast. (Wait, what?) Yep… When most people try to find a podcast name that stands out, they unknowingly make one of four major mistakes that causes them to blend right in with everyone else. If you really want to know how to choose an effective show title for your podcast that will attract new listeners on repeat, hit play and learn… What no one tells you about naming a podcast The 4 biggest mistakes people make when choosing a podcast name Why you should NOT name your podcast after yourself (this is a BIG problem) Why “having fun with it” and “incorporating your brand personality” won’t work when it comes to creating a podcast name …and other common blunders to avoid when naming a podcast By the time you finish this episode, you’ll know ~exactly~ how to choose a name for your podcast that gets more listeners clicking play (and whether it’s time to rename yours). Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:00 - Why Your Podcast Name Matters More Than You Think 2:07 - The Psychology Behind a Bingeworthy Podcast Name 6:58 - The Secret to a Podcast Name That Demands Attention 13:13 - The Critical Element Your Podcast Name Might Be Missing 20:25 - Merging Strategy and Creativity When Naming Your Podcast - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 16, 2024
3 Cover Art Mistakes You Didn't Know You Were Making
Is your podcast cover art attracting potential new listeners, or are you unknowingly driving them *away* from your show? Inside this episode, you’ll find out the answers to questions like, What makes some podcast cover art more effective than others at attracting new listeners? Should you use your photo on your cover art? Do I really need to hire a professional graphic designer or can I get by with using Canva or Fiverr? and more… Plus I’ll reveal the results of a recent podcast cover art experiment our team did and show you three big-yet-sneaky mistakes to avoid when it comes to creating podcast cover artwork that stands out. If you want to learn how to create riveting cover art that your ideal listeners can’t ignore, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:00 - Why Cover Art is Key to Standing Out in Your Podcast Category 1:06 - How Canva and Fiverr Designs Are Costing You Listeners 6:12 - The Psychology Behind Scroll-Stopping Podcast Cover Art 10:23 - The Role of Unconscious Bias and Why It Matters for Your Cover Art 13:24 - Should You Use Your Photo on Your Podcast Cover Art? Episode Links: pickfu.com - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 09, 2024
We've Spent 4 Years Testing Episode Titles. Here's What Works.
Have you ever spent hours planning a podcast episode that you KNOW is packed with value, but it gets less than If you’re ready to learn how to title your podcast episodes to attract and engage new listeners so you can create an addictive podcast experience people can't stop raving about, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - The Biggest Reason Listeners Skip Your Show 2:45 - The Psychology Behind Irresistible episode titles 5:20 - Four Things You Need to Grab Listener Attention (And Keep It) 7:22 - The Subconscious Triggers That Make Listeners Click Play 11:11 - 3 Steps to Crafting Clickable episode titles - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 02, 2024
Think You Know Your Podcast Listeners? Think Again.
How important is your podcast avatar, really? If you want a podcast that increases listeners’ trust in you as the expert and converts those listeners to leads and clients — it’s more than essential. It’s the key to unlocking your podcast's true potential. But if you think you know your podcast avatar, think again. Most people haven’t gone deep enough to truly understand their ideal listener. They stop at basic demographics and miss the goldmine of insights that come from digging into psychographics. To create a podcast that not only attracts but also engages and converts, you need to make your listener feel like you’re talking only to them, and that takes knowing your listener on a deeper, more personal level. This is where real growth happens. So if you’re ready to have listeners hanging on your every word and set yourself apart from 99% of other podcast hosts who aren’t doing this, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - How to Make Your Listener Feel Like the Only Person in the Room 1:33 - Why Your Podcast Avatar Should Be a Real Person 7:22 - Why Speaking to One Listener Helps Build Trust and Keep Them Coming Back 8:51 - How Many Episodes Should You Publish Each Week? - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 26, 2023
How to Stop Losing Listeners to Your Competition
Most podcast hosts tend to think, “If my content is good enough, people will listen and my show will grow.” And sure, content matters — the quality of your content is what *keeps* people listening. But having good content doesn’t matter one bit if you can’t get listeners to hit play in the first place. That’s why inside this episode, I’m letting you listen in on an exclusive interview I did on the Podcast on Podcasting where I break down the five content gatekeepers that your listener has to experience *before* deciding whether to hit play. If a listener can’t make it through all five of these gates, they won’t click play — which means they’ll never hear how valuable your content actually is. Ready to take your podcast from unheard to unignorable? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - The 5 Podcast Content Gatekeepers™ Standing Between You and Your Listeners 1:33 - Why Every Podcast Name Must Solve a Real Problem 4:08 - Why Clear, Problem-Solving Podcast Names Attract More Listeners 7:22 - Why Focusing on One Listener Helps Build Trust 11:43 - How to Stop Losing Listeners and Get More Plays - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 19, 2023
Steal This Easy Episode Hack to Grow Your Email List
The majority of people who start podcasts wind up putting in a LOT of work for very little result. (In fact, less than 2% of people who start podcasts actually succeed). But don’t let those numbers deter you. Because if you’re committed to making your podcast work, then all you really need to know is how to put yourself in that 2%. Inside this episode, I’m going to teach you one mind-blowingly simple strategy that’ll help you leverage your podcast to grow your email list, so you can start seeing a tangible return on all that time and effort you’re investing into your show. So if you’re ready to have a podcast that grows week over week *and* converts listeners to clients on repeat, hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Why Your Email List Won’t Grow Your Podcast (and What Will) 1:15 - The Key to Long-Term Audience Growth and Sales with Your Podcast 7:14 - How to Turn Your Podcast into an Email List Growth Machine 10:08 - Why Most Podcasters Struggle to Grow Their Email List 12:56 - A Simple Strategy to Convert Listeners into Email Subscribers 16:45 - How to Increase Podcast Revenue Without Thousands of Downloads - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 12, 2023
How to Rank Your Podcast in the Top 100
Ever wonder why most podcasters call it quits after Episode 6, joining the 2.9 million in the Apple Graveyard? It's not because they didn’t have quality content or that there was too much competition. The real reason is because they had zero strategy to hit the charts, making their podcasts virtually invisible to new listeners with no way to get discovered. That’s why in this episode, you’ll learn… The common mistakes entrepreneurs make when launching podcasts Find out how these mistakes directly impact your podcast's ability to rank Learn the little-known hack that will increase your podcast’s discoverability today so you can ensure your podcast’s growth long-term (keep this one on the DL though, will ya!? ;) Ready to get more people discovering your podcast every day without spending any extra effort on marketing? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:02 - Why Most Podcasters Struggle with Discoverability and How to Fix It 4:25 - Breaking the Top 100 Without a Big Audience 7:14 - One Simple Change That Can Instantly Boost Your Podcast Discoverability 11:36 - The One Mistake Sinking Your Podcast Rankings 13:17 - Starting a Podcast that Turns Listeners into Leads - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 05, 2023
5 Steps to Crafting Podcast Episodes Listeners Can't Ignore
Did you know there are 5 Podcast Content Gatekeepers™ your listeners must pass before hitting play on your episode? Nail this, and you'll stop potential fans from scrolling past your show. In this episode, you’ll learn the secrets to create bingeworthy podcast episodes that: Subconsciously attract new listeners to your show Gets listeners choosing *your* podcast over the competition Compels listeners to reach out and ask, “How do I work with you!?” Ready to discover how to create irresistible podcast episodes that listeners will rave about? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Why Most Podcasters Struggle to Stand Out 2:22 - The Secret to Creating Subconscious Demand for Your Podcast 4:10 - Why Great Content Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast 7:07 - How to Optimize Your Podcast Cover Art to Instantly Draw Attention 11:49 - Why Your Podcast’s First Impression Matters More Than You Think - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 28, 2023
3 Must-Have Ingredients for a Top Podcast
Got a podcast you want to grow or thinking of launching one? There are three must-have ingredients for hitting the top charts. By the end of this episode, you'll know exactly what these ingredients are, how they work together, and what could go wrong if you're missing any one of them. [Spoiler Alert...] Ingredient 1 is the secret sauce for turning listeners into leads… Ingredient 2 is your ticket to climbing those charts… Ingredient 3? it's the unexpected key to building a loyal audience over the long haul Curious to know what these ingredients are and how to weave them into your podcast strategy? Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - The Three Key Ingredients for a Top 100 Podcast 1:26 - Why Bingeworthy Content is Critical to Your Podcast’s Success 5:15 - Why You Should Relaunch Your Podcast (Even if It's Already Live) 7:51 - How a Long-Term Growth Strategy Can Keep Your Podcast in the Top 100 14:05 - How to Create Real Demand for Your Podcast to Get Discovered By More Listeners - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 21, 2023
Why Podcasting Beats Short Form Content Every Time
Dreaming of launching a Top 100 podcast? There are three things you absolutely need (and no, millions of downloads isn’t one of them). Funny enough, ranking your podcast has nothing to do with audio quality, audience size, or being the biggest expert in the room. Before we dive into what it really takes to consistently rank your show, we’ve got to look at the mistakes most podcasters make that keep them from ever reaching the charts. By the end of this episode, you’ll know why podcasts often blow short form content out of the water — and the exact mistakes you need to avoid if you want your show to get in front of the right listeners who need your help. Ready to get off the short form content hamster wheel and attract some of the best leads you’ll ever find? Hit play and let’s make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Why Short Form Content Isn’t Growing Your Audience 5:54 - How Podcasts Build Trust and Shorten the Sales Cycle 9:29 - Why Consistency Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast 16:47 - Why Most Experts Remain the Best Kept Secret in Their Industry 18:04 - How Your Podcast Can Glue Together Your Entire Marketing Strategy - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 14, 2023
4 Signs It's Time to Rebrand Your Podcast
If you have a podcast but haven't seen a significant increase in downloads in the last 3 months... If you're still not converting listeners to leads no matter how much high-value content you share... If you've changed up your cover art or show title within the last six months but it hasn't made a difference... It might be time to look under the hood at what's really causing your plateau. In this episode, find out the what + why behind our recent podcast rebrand, plus 4 key indicators it's time to rebrand your podcast. Hit play and let's make your business bingeworthy. 0:03 - Is Your Podcast Title Causing Listeners to Overlook Your Show? 7:24 - Four Key Signs It’s Time to Rebrand Your Podcast 10:58 - Why Listeners Say They Love Your Podcast but Don't Convert 13:10 - Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting the Engagement You Want (And How to Fix It) 14:37 - What a Podcast Rebrand Really Means for You - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 07, 2023
How to Write a Sales Page that Actually Converts | Annie Ruggles
You’ve probably written your fair share of sales pages. But how are they converting? If the answer is “not as well as I’d like it to!” then you’re in luck. Because the gifted Annie Ruggles is BACK this week with a special bonus episode where she breaks down exactly what to do to write a sales page that actually converts When you listen, you’ll learn: The surprising reason why most sales pages flop The secret to a sales page that actually makes people want to buy The truth about testimonials: how to use them, and what to avoid The brilliant “sandwich hack” that will increase clicks on every buy button (and much more!) Episode Links: Check out Annie's podcast: Too Legitimate to Quit Connect with Annie - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 31, 2023
3 About Page Mistakes to Stop Making Now | Annie Ruggles
Pop Quiz: Which page on your website is the hardest one to write? If you answered About Pages, you’re right. GONE are the days where you could write a 14-paragraph monologue about the history of your entrepreneurial journey because guess what? No one cares. There IS a right and a wrong way to write an About Page though. Annie Ruggles joins me on the show to clear up the confusion so you can learn how to write an About Page people actually want to read. When you listen, you’ll learn: 3 common About Page mistakes that cause people to click away How to identify the parts of your story people actually care about The About Page Framework that keeps people reading How much to include (and what to leave out) (and more!) Episode Links: Check out Annie's podcast: Too Legitimate to Quit Connect with Annie - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 24, 2023
Why Your Team is Underperforming | Matt Lesser
As an entrepreneur, there’s literally NOTHING more frustrating than hiring team members who don’t perform like you expected them to. But is it *their* fault? Or is it because your team leadership skills need improvement? (Let’s be real — we ALL could use a little help when it comes to building high-functioning teams). Matt Lesser has spent the past 20 years helping leaders like you build high-functioning teams in over 40+ countries. Today, he’s here to help you do the same. Listen now and learn: Why your team is underperforming The 3 principles of a high-functioning team How to tell if your team members are unsatisfied The team leadership styles that work best (and worst) Which personality assessments to use (and which ones to avoid) Episode Links: Book | Unsatisfied: When Less is More Book | Unengaged: Build Flourishing Organizations Check out Matt's podcast: The Eternal Optimist Connect with Matt - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 17, 2023
The Surprising Reason Your Audience Scrolls Past Your Content
Okay, we KNOW you’ve heard about limiting beliefs. (You're an online business owner, duh). But ~did you know~ your unconscious mind can influence how you look and how you sound to others?! Find out about the inner workings of your brain and the surprising impact it has on how your audience sees you. Listen in and learn: The REAL reason your audience doesn’t feel connected to you Two surprising ways your thoughts influence your online presence How your unconscious mind can interfere with your ability to express yourself PLUS: The biggest lesson learned from facing my own fear of rejection - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 10, 2023
This Counterintuitive Pitching Approach Will Help You Close More Sales | Anthony Garcia
If you’re tired of hearing “let me think about it” or “can you send me more info” at the end of a sales call — don’t skip this episode! World-renowned sales expert Anthony Garcia is back this week to show you exactly how to position your pitch so you can close the sale on the call in integrity and get more prospects genuinely excited to work with you. Listen now and learn: How to effortlessly transition to the pitch How to elevate your expertise and credibility during the pitch Four psychological keywords you should include in your pitch How to overcome objections before they happen and easily close the sale Episode Links: Check out Anthony’s podcast: Catapulting Commissions Connect with Anthony - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 03, 2023
Do This to Increase Conversions on Your Discovery Calls | Anthony Garcia
Did you know that low conversion rates could mean you aren’t *actually* speaking your prospect’s language? (even though we both know you totally think you are!) This is a (very) common problem, and Anthony Garcia is here to help you solve it. As a world-renowned sales expert who built a team of over 100 sales reps at the age of 22, Anthony is going to teach you how to increase enrollments on your discovery calls by 50% or more with communication that converts. AKA if you haven’t yet scaled your business to the point where you can outsource your sales and discovery calls, this episode is for you! Listen now and learn: Exactly what to say (and what NOT to say) on discovery calls How to make a strong first impression on your prospect so you immediately earn their trust Why you should avoid “coaching” during your discovery calls (and what to do instead) The #1 mental shift you need to approach your discovery calls with confidence Episode Links: Check out Anthony’s podcast: Catapulting Commissions Connect with Anthony - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 26, 2023
How to Build a Recession Proof Business | Alejandra Santos
Is your business equipped to survive a recession? As a financial analyst and consultant for some of today’s most-recognized brands, Alejandra Santos joins us today to walk you through the essential — but invisible — elements you need to build a recession-proof business so that you’re fully equipped to overcome unexpected financial setbacks. Listen now and learn: The #1 way to increase sales in a slow economy How to make quick but wise decisions about your business finances How to recognize (and take advantage of) opportunities during a recession Why independent revenue streams can help you multiply your equity for a recession-proof business Episode Links: Check out Alejandra’s podcast: Scale to Exit Connect with Alejandra: Website | LinkedIn - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 19, 2023
2 Reasons You Don't Have Clarity In Your Business Right Now
One thing that’s true about entrepreneurship is that the future is never certain. If you’re experiencing a recent pivot in your business, this episode reveals the two things you can do to find clarity whenever you find yourself in a season of change or uncertainty. Listen now and learn: The real reason you’re unsure how to move forward in your business Two things you can do to find clarity amidst a business pivot How to tell when it’s time for your company to evolve Why entrepreneurship often requires you to let go of something good to make room for something great PLUS: Get a behind-the-scenes look at how we navigated a major pivot this year within our own company - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 12, 2023
3 Must-Have Ingredients for a High Performing Team | JM Ryerson
When you’re scaling a business from six to seven figures, there is nothing more frustrating than hiring people to take things off your plate only to have to step in and fix the problems you hired them to solve for you. JM Ryerson is here today to help you learn how to build a high-performing team who actually meets their KPIs, takes initiative, and does the work you hired them to do so you can get the support you need and stay focused on what matters most. Listen now and learn: The 3 core things you MUST include in every single job description The counterintuitive interview strategy to instantly determine someone’s level of integrity How to avoid the Helicopter CEO Trap that’s crushing your team’s morale and impacting your revenue How to actually let go of the work you’ve been afraid to let go of and build a high-performing team you can trust Episode Links: Drive by Daniel Pink Check out JM's books, Let’s Go Win and Upgrade Check out JM's podcast: Let’s Go Win Connect with JM: Website | Instagram - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 05, 2023
What No One Tells You About 7-Figure Success | Sara Wiles
When you started your entrepreneurial journey, did you dream of creating a 6- or 7-figure business, all while working fewer hours with more flexibility? For many business owners, that’s the ultimate goal, but oftentimes the reality of building and sustaining a 7-figure business isn’t quite what they pictured. No one knows this better than today’s guest, Sara Wiles, a successful 7-figure business owner, who’s here to share the lessons she learned the hard way, so you don’t have to. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The biggest myths about growing a 7-figure business that no one tells you The thing that royally screwed up Sara’s journey to building a 7-figure business How you can scale your business — without losing yourself or your sanity in the process Episode Links: VA Matchmaking Connect with Sara: Website | Instagram | TikTok - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 29, 2023
Your Voice Creates Your Legacy
How are you currently using your voice to make a difference in the world? As an entrepreneur, you may not often think about the power of using your voice, but it truly is one of our greatest tools — and one that far too many people underutilize. Today, I’m sharing my journey to using my voice more effectively and, most importantly, how and why you should do this, too. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: Why using your voice matters now and for future generations How using your voice will set you apart as a thought leader The way to use your voice more effectively now to grow your legacy Episode Links Hidden Messages in Water by Dr. Masaru Emoto - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 22, 2023
From Addiction to Abundance: How to Rise from Rock Bottom | Samuel Smith
Do you suffer from a work addiction? You may not think of yourself as an addict, but addiction is rampant among entrepreneurs — especially addiction to our businesses, and it’s this work addiction that’s keeping you from the freedom and fulfillment you crave. Today’s guest, Samuel Smith, is here to share how he lost TWO seven-figure businesses and his marriage because of addiction, AND how he’s built back his life with the right fundamentals and stewardship to ensure long-term success. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: Why work addiction is the hidden addiction that entrepreneurs are most susceptible to The biggest misconceptions about building a 7-figure business The 4 levels of entrepreneurship and how to identify which one you’re in The highest ROI activities every entrepreneur needs to focus on to avoid work addiction and still succeed Episode Links: Check out Samuel’s podcast: The Small Business Surgeon Connect with Sam: Website | Instagram - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 15, 2023
Overcome High-Functioning Anxiety as an Entrepreneur | Hayden Finch
How many entrepreneurs do you know with high-functioning anxiety? This number is likely a lot higher than you think because, unlike other forms of anxiety, high-functioning anxiety is easy to hide. That’s why today, I asked Dr. Hayden Finch to join us and share how to navigate anxiety as a business owner while also maintaining a successful entrepreneurial journey. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The surprising root causes of burnout 7 signs you have high-functioning anxiety How to overcome high-functioning anxiety as an entrepreneur and still have a thriving business Episode Links: Surface Pressure from “Encanto” by Jessica Darrow Book: The Psychology of Procrastination Book: The 12-Week Journal to Change Your Habits Connect with Dr. Hayden - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 08, 2023
3 Surprising Secrets of a Top 100 Podcast
What does it take to have a top 100 podcast? It’s no surprise that ranking as a top 100 podcast can be game-changing for your business, but for many entrepreneurs getting there feels like a pipe dream. Today, I’m sharing why it’s 100% achievable for you as I break down my proven podcasting methodology that’s helped successfully launch and rank this podcast and dozens of others! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: Why having a top 100 podcast can generate massive sales for your business How I’ve helped over four dozen coaches and consultants launch and rank their top 100 podcasts The way you can apply my methods to your podcast, too - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 01, 2023
How to Start Thinking Like a Champion | Cam Awesome
What does a championship mindset have to do with being an entrepreneur? In business ownership, occasional failures and missteps are inevitable, and with a championship mindset, you can embrace these challenges as stepping stones to your success. And today’s guest, Cam Awesome, America's #1 Heavyweight Boxer, is here to help as he reveals his proven secrets to building mental toughness and confidence! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The “Experience Quotient” (EQ) that every entrepreneur needs as they develop their championship mindset Why focusing on the outcome is a recipe for failure (and what to do instead) The truth about confidence and how to strengthen yours Episode Links: Connect with Cam: Website | Twitter | Instagram | Linked In Watch Counterpunch on Netflix - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 25, 2023
The 3 Deadly Sins of Entrepreneurship (Part 3)
As an entrepreneur, how often do you overcommit yourself? I’ll be the first to admit there have been times I’ve opened my Google calendar, and the proof of overcommitment was staggering. This is a sin most business owners are guilty of, but today, we’re talking about how to conquer it before it sabotages your success (and your happiness!). Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The evidence and effects of over commitment in your life and business What’s at the root of your people-pleasing tendencies and how to stop The two things you can do today to overcome the habit of overcommitting - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 18, 2023
The 3 Deadly Sins of Entrepreneurship (Part 2)
What costly entrepreneur mistakes are you making in your business? I hate to admit it, but there have been some entrepreneur mistakes I’ve made on repeat — and one in particular that kept me from reaching my revenue goals for FIVE years! In this second part of our deadly business sins series, I’m revealing what that mistake was and how you can move past it, too. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: One of the most common entrepreneur mistakes and why it’s so bad for your business Entrepreneur mistakes I’ve made and what was really behind them How to take your next steps toward the success you crave - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 11, 2023
The 3 Deadly Sins of Entrepreneurship
What are your biggest business mistakes since becoming an entrepreneur? While many slipups can derail your dreams, three common business mistakes keep many entrepreneurs from having a larger impact. This week is the first in a three-part series where I’m unveiling the three deadly entrepreneurial sins sabotaging your success. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The business mistakes I’ve made — usually without even knowing it Opportunities you have right now and why these common business mistakes could keep you from taking advantage of them The reason most of us delay making decisions and what happens as a result - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 04, 2023
Start Charging What You're Worth | Sheila Anderson
How would you describe the visual identity of your brand? Your visual identity is one of the most important parts of your business because from the split-second someone encounters your brand, they’re unconsciously deciding whether they want to hear more from you. Thankfully, today’s guest, Sheila Anderson, is an expert at helping businesses elevate their visual presence to raise the value of their brand, and she’s here to share her secrets with you! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How to know what your brand is conveying with your current visual identity Why even the colors you wear are either attracting or repelling your perfect client The way to harness your brand’s visual identity to charge what you’re worth and become a respected thought leader Episode Links: Connect with Sheila: Website | Instagram - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 27, 2023
How to Identify Your Biggest Time Leaks in Business
How good are you at time management? While time management may not seem like one of the most important skills to learn as an entrepreneur, it’s something that can make or break your growth. We only have so many hours in the day, and today, I’m sharing how you can make the most of this limited resource. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: Why time management is so essential if you want to scale How to tap into the unlimited resources you have as a business owner The time management method I use and how to harness its power for your business, too Episodes Links Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 20, 2023
The Future of Online Courses: Are They Still Effective? | Jasmine Jonte
How often have you considered adding an online course to your offers? Maybe you already have an online course, and it tanked, OR you’re worried about putting all of that time and effort into something that won’t bring an ROI. The truth is many people fail to get results with a course, but with help from today’s guest, Jasmine Jonte, you can beat the odds and find incredible success with your online course! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How to scale a business with an online course that’s as binge-worthy as Netflix Why most digital business courses fail to deliver results and what you should do differently The 3 biggest reasons you should outsource part or all of your course creation Episode Links: jasminejonte.com/netflix Connect with Jasmine - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 13, 2023
How to Know When It’s Time to Pivot | Laura Meyer
When was the last time the fear of failure had you questioning if it was time to burn down your business? As entrepreneurs, the fear of failure and the overwhelm it brings affects ALL of us at some point. Today’s guest, Laura Meyer, knows this firsthand, and she’s here to share how those dark valleys are the most fertile ground for the success and growth Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How Laura has repeatedly faced the fear of failure and still managed to scale seven different 6- and 7-figure businesses Her best tools for helping you overcome the fear of failure in your business and how to know when it’s time to pivot Why it’s not the big decisions but the small decisions you make every day that have the greatest impact on your success Episode Links: Book: The Dip by Seth Godin Book: Win Win by Laura Meyer Check out Laura's podcast: The Joybrand Podcast Connect with Laura: Website | Instagram - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 06, 2023
The Truth About Perfection
What goal are you currently putting on the back burner in your online business? As entrepreneurs, we’ve all been guilty of holding out for the perfect timing to take that next step in our online business, but if you wait too long, you WILL miss out. If you’re ready to become a respected thought leader in your industry, it’s time for action, and I’m here to help you take it! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How to break free from the trap of perfection as an online business owner Why there’s no one “right” way to run your online business What you can do today to stop postponing your life, your dreams, and your online business goals - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, May 30, 2023
The Secret to a Bingeworthy Brand | Jay Jay
What about your current brand identity draws in the most people? Marketing experts say you need professional photos, brand colors, a logo, compelling content, a gorgeous website, and so much more, but these things aren’t the real secret to creating a binge-worthy brand. Today’s guest, Jay Jay, is trusted by some of the most notable brands in history, and he’s here to reveal how you can build a brand people can’t get enough of! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How Jay created his brand identity as a magician that led him to 57 million views on YouTube Why your presence is your greatest marketing tool The way you can build a brand people will rave about Episode Links: Ace of Spades Agency Connect with Jay: Instagram | LinkedIn - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, May 23, 2023
How to Turn Your Trials into Triumphs | Fitz Koehler
What are a few words to describe your mindset recently? If you’ve been going through a tough season, it’s easy to feel like everything is hard and to allow yourself to slip into survival mode. Today’s guest, Fitz Koehler, knows firsthand what it's like to face unexpected obstacles, and she reveals how she took back control over her mental health and came out stronger. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: Why your current mindset is causing you to feel trapped What you need to do to get out of survival mode How how to face adversity head-on so you can reclaim your mental health and get back in the driver's seat of your life Episode Links: Books Connect with Fitz: Instagram | LinkedIn | YouTube - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, May 16, 2023
Your Expertise is Enough
How many more courses or certifications do you need to become an expert and thought leader in your niche? The correct answer is NONE. No matter where you are in your online business journey, if you’re ready to own your expertise and finally write that book, host that podcast, or give that Ted Talk, this one is for you! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: Why most of the thought leaders you follow don’t know more than you What these online business owners did differently to set themselves apart The simple way you can become an expert in your niche before reading another book, getting another certificate, or taking another class - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, May 09, 2023
Your Missing Piece to Massive Audience Growth | Gary Arndt
How much audience growth have you seen in the last 60 days? If you answered “very little” or “none,” you’re not alone. Many digital business owners are marketing themselves everywhere, only to be met with the same results. Today, I’m chatting with expert Gary Arndt about why all those complicated business growth strategies don’t work and the one thing you need to catapult your brand. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How Gary created massive audience growth for his brand during the pandemic The one tool he used that’s more powerful than all of your current marketing and business growth strategies combined How you can use this tool in your digital business now Episode Links: Connect with Gary Check out Gary's podcast: Everything Everywhere Daily - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, May 02, 2023
How to Stop Setting Goals You Don't Hit | Alden Mills
How confident do you feel about setting goals? If you’re like me (and most online entrepreneurs), you’ve set and failed to meet many goals since opening your business. But meeting goals doesn’t have to feel hopeless when you know how to set them the right way, and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Alden Mills, teaches us in this conversation. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The real reason some online entrepreneurs are always meeting goals while others struggle to even set them The seemingly hidden things you have to know before setting goals in your business Why you can’t stop dreaming and how to accomplish your dreams using your own personal positivity gym Episode Links: Download the GoalBud app Connect with Alden: YouTube | Twitter | LinkedIn | Instagram - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, April 25, 2023
The Game-Changing Habit That Helped Me Double My Business Revenue
What if you could double your revenue with just one simple habit? If you're struggling to meet your online business goals, listen up. This isn't another routine that you've heard a million times before. In fact, it's the single habit that transformed my business, and can do the same for you. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The surprisingly simple habit that doubled my business revenue Why your current morning routine or deep breathing exercises won't cut it when it comes to overcoming unexpected entrepreneurial challenges How this approach will give you the edge you need to succeed in the digital business space - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, April 18, 2023
The Best Ways to Build Passive Income In Your Business | Nate Lind
When you started your digital business, did you begin with the end in mind? I know I didn’t, but as entrepreneurs trying to grow a business, it’s important to consider how your business will one day run without you. Today’s guest, Nate Lind is here to share the best ways to build passive income into a business that could be sold. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How to grow a business and increase its value Where you should look if you want to create more passive income What NOT to do if you want to build a digital business that can run without you Episode Links: Connect with Nate - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, April 11, 2023
How Embracing Problems Can Unlock Your Full Potential
What problems are you currently experiencing in your online business? You may not believe it, but these problems could be THE key to unlock your potential. This week, I walk you through a simple exercise to help you explore what keeps you stuck as you try to grow a business AND how to move past it! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The surprising question my therapist asked me and the way it can help you unlock your potential An easy exercise to uncover what is holding you back in your online business The way to embrace your problems and grow a business because of them — not despite them - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, April 04, 2023
3 Tips for Navigating the Unexpected While Growing Your Business
What was the last unexpected thing that got in the way of running and growing your business? Whether it was the internet going down or sickness running through your household ( again ), the fact is there will always be unexpected challenges as a digital business owner. And while you can’t stop the unexpected from happening, you can find new ways to navigate it that will make all of the difference for your business — AND for your mental health. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: The details of my recent trip to the ER with my son and other unexpected events that have affected my life as a mom and a digital business owner The tips that will allow you to keep growing your business when life gets challenging Why looking for the good is necessary — especially for your own mental health - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, March 28, 2023
How to Silence Your Inner Dictator | Tracy Crossley
How would you define insecure attachment? Even if you know what insecure attachment is, you’ve likely never thought about how it relates to your ability to run and grow a business successfully. In this episode, Tracy Crossley walks you through the insecure attachment styles that keep you from getting what you want in your online business and your life — plus, she’s revealing how to overcome them! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: What insecure attachment styles are and examples of how they show up in your work Why insecure attachment prevents you from moving through adversity and makes you fragile — both in your personal life and your online business How to understand your unique patterns and triggers, so you can overcome insecure attachment and become unstoppable as you grow your business Episode Links: Check out Tracy's podcast: Freedom from Attachment Connect with Tracy - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, March 21, 2023
Insider Secrets for Landing a TEDx Talk | Michael Marcial
As an online business owner, which of these pillars are you currently excelling at: marketing, selling, or fulfillment (aka onboarding new people into your offers and programs)? If you’re like most digital entrepreneurs, you’re good at one or two of these crucial components of success, but you’ve yet to master all three. Well, today’s guest, Michael Marical, reveals how having your very own TEDx talk can help you with all three in one fell swoop! Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: How Michael went from living in his car to bringing in tens of millions of dollars in new offline and online business Why having one 15-minute TEDx Talk can do more for your marketing and lead generation than thousands of hours on Instagram or TikTok How you can begin to hone your big idea, clarify your message, and share that message with the world Episode Links: thought-leader.com thought-leader.com/TEDxmasterclass - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, March 14, 2023
The Surprising Truth about What's Limiting You
What monthly income do you wish you made in your online business? No matter your goal, something is limiting you from getting there. In this episode, we will explore the surprising truths that are getting in your way as you try to grow a business. Inside this episode, you’re going to learn: Why you are not the one limiting your growth — despite what you’ve been told The simple 5-step process to uncover what’s actually holding you back How to use this process to grow a business to 5-figure (and even 6-figure) months - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, March 07, 2023
How To Grow Through What You Go Through
When was the last time you experienced a major breakthrough as an online business owner? For me, the biggest breakthroughs always follow break downs in my life. The truth is there’s so easy-button way out of challenges, but in today’s podcast, I’m sharing what happens when you persist through them and develop antifragility as a result! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The recent breakdown I experienced and what it has meant for me as an online business owner How to increase your capability to grow a business and thrive as a result of stressors, chaos, and mistakes — not in spite of them What antifragility is and how it will change your life and business - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 28, 2023
How Much Time Is Your Inbox Costing You?
How many hours of productivity has your inbox cost you? For most digital business owners, it’s too many to count! But that stops here... If you’re ready to reign in your email and get back TONS of time as an online entrepreneur, this episode is for you. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: Practical inbox strategies for reclaiming your time and increasing your productivity A simple system to streamline your email workflow as an online entrepreneur The automated email that changed everything in our digital business - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 21, 2023
3 Hidden Slack Gems That Will Improve Your Team Communication
On a scale from 1 to 10, how clear is your current team communication? It’s easy in a digital business for endless email chains and cluttered group chats to leave everyone feeling overwhelmed and unorganized. That’s why in this week's episode, I’m giving you the hidden gems you need to streamline your communication and increase your productivity within your team. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: The best way to establish (and maintain) clear team communication Why it’s essential in a digital business for your team to communicate well with you and with each other The reason my team uses Slack for communication and the bonus hacks we’ve discovered that have increased our productivity - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 14, 2023
7 Signs It’s Time to Hire Help
Do you have trouble admitting when you need to hire help in your online business? Even before becoming an entrepreneur, recognizing when I needed help was a huge struggle, but eventually, I had to learn how to do it. In this episode, I share the practical first steps I took to get the help that ultimately allowed me to grow a business to 6 figures — while working just 20 hours a week. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: The reason all visionary leaders have to eventually hire help Why you can grow a business faster when you know how to ask for help The signs that mean it’s time to hire help in your online business - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, February 07, 2023
How to Overcome Setbacks in Business
Be honest... how are you really doing? As an online entrepreneur, this road is hard sometimes, but finding a way to overcome setbacks is essential — not just for the sake of your digital business, but for YOU as a human. That’s why today, we’re exploring my proven solution to dealing with unexpected challenges and the unique opportunity that waits for you inside every adversity. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: About the challenges I’ve been facing recently in my life and digital business A method I’ve developed to overcome setbacks called the resiliency principle Why it’s imperative that you, as an online entrepreneur, learn this now Episode Links: For my visual friends, click here to check out the anti-fragility image I mention in this episode. - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 31, 2023
3 Surprising Content Mistakes that are Costing You Clients | Brandon Lucero
What was the last thing you posted online that went completely unseen, unheard, or unengaged with? Because, as online entrepreneurs, we’ve ALL been there! And when you’re working hard to grow a business, nothing feels worse or more defeating. That’s where today’s guest, Brandon Lucero , comes in. He’s here to reveal the biggest content mistakes you’re making AND what to do instead! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: The common content mistakes almost all online entrepreneurs make — no matter how far along they are in their businesses How to add value without giving more information in your content The fastest way to increase engagement, build an audience, and grow a business - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 24, 2023
4 Invisible Barriers Keeping You from Ultimate Success | Gay Hendricks
As an online business owner, how would you describe yourself? Whatever your answer was, I’m guessing the word “genius” wasn’t a part of it — but if you want to grow a business in a fulfilling way, it’s time to admit that’s what you are! And today’s guest, Gay Hendricks , is here to help you identify your unique zone of genius AND how you can move past the fears that keep you from embracing it. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: What the “Upper Limit problem” is and how it’s keeping you from living the full expression of your zone of genius The three other zones we tend to get trapped in, particularly as online business owners, when we deny our genius and settle for ‘good enough’ Practical steps you can take to identify your unique genius that will help you grow a business today - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 17, 2023
The Simple Secret to Enrolling More Clients (Part Two)
As a digital business owner, how do you solve your potential customer’s problem? Last week, I revealed that your future clients view everything through the lens of their current problem, and in order to speak to them effectively in your marketing, you HAVE to understand this. Now, I’m taking you a step further and showing you how to put this concept into action to increase sales for your business now. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: The difference between what you offer as a digital business owner and what you sell — and why this difference matters! What you have to teach people in your marketing Why you don’t need to fabricate urgency to increase sales in your business - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 10, 2023
The Simple Secret to Enrolling More Clients (Part One)
When your business isn’t bringing in the clients you need, do you question your programs or your marketing of those programs? For many digital business owners, if they aren’t making sales, they automatically go to offering something new. Today, I’m sharing why this is the wrong approach and the subtle yet simple marketing idea you can implement now to sell out your current services! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: What you HAVE to understand about your potential customers before you start marketing to them The easiest way to increase sales without changing a single thing about your offers How other digital business owners are using this marketing idea to max out their programs and waitlists - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, January 03, 2023
5 Reasons You Aren’t Hitting Your Revenue Goals
What are your revenue goals for this year? Most digital business owners kick off January with some BIG goals, and if this is you, listen up! Because today, I’m spelling out the five obstacles that can keep you from hitting your goals and hinder your ability to grow a business in 2023. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: The reasons you may have missed the mark with last year’s revenue goals The five mistakes that keep most digital business owners from upping their income What really makes the difference if you want to grow a business to 6 or 7 figures this year - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 27, 2022
Why You Should Stop Making New Year's Resolutions
What was the last New Year’s Resolution you actually kept as an online business owner? If you’re drawing a blank, you’re in good company! There’s a reason why today’s industry leaders don’t make them AND why you should abandon this practice too if you want to hit your goals and grow a business in the new year. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The New Year’s Resolutions I made in the first few years of my business and why I never accomplished them The key difference between setting goals and hitting goals as an online business owner Why your current goal setting methods are only good in theory and what actually has to change if you want to grow a business this year Episode Links 10 Reasons You Should Ditch New Year's Resolutions Atomic Habits - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 20, 2022
The Systems You Need to Hit Six Figures
How many different marketing and business growth strategies did you try this year only to still fall short of your revenue goals? Whatever the number, you aren’t alone in your efforts or your disappointment... AND it’s not your fault. The real reason you can’t get on top of things in your business is because you’re lacking the four key business systems that ALL companies need to thrive — no matter their size, industry, or niche. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: The way to stop spinning your wheels with marketing that no one seems to want Four SIMPLE systems that are foundational to all other business growth strategies An understanding of WHY these business systems are so essential and how they work together to help you grow - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 13, 2022
Is It Time to Grow Your Team? Here's How to Tell | Jodi Flynn
How comfortable are you when it comes to taking steps to grow your team? For many online business owners, the idea of bringing more people into their company can be daunting. But if you want to grow a business successfully, finding the right people at the right time to support you is a necessity — and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Jodi Flynn, is here to help us unpack! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: Why you’ve been able to achieve some of your goals as an online business owner, but not others The biggest thing keeping you from taking the steps needed to grow your team How to ensure every goal you set is aligned with your skills and strengths Episode Links: To get a copy of Jodi’s five key questions to ask yourself to evaluate your current belief systems, click here . - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, December 06, 2022
How to Stop Overthinking
How many times have you caught yourself overthinking things in your online business today? Overthinking is something we ALL experience as digital business owners and honestly, it’s what keeps us stuck! Surprisingly though, the answer is NOT learning how to stop overthinking — and that’s exactly what we’re diving into with today’s episode. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The key to stop overthinking (HINT: It’s not what you’d expect!) Why trying to always make the right decision in your online business is actually slowing your growth The reason digital business owners have to be more flexible than bigger corporations - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 29, 2022
Why Your Program Isn’t Selling Like You Want It To (and How to Fix It)
What have your conversion rates been like this year in your online business? If you feel like, despite your best marketing efforts, you’re still falling short, listen up because I’m sharing the secret behind our latest launch and why it was such a huge success! In this episode, I’m revealing the biggest shift we made in our social media and email marketing and how you can apply this to your business. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: Why our online business’s latest launch saw way more engagement and results than previous launches What you need to focus on in your marketing now Examples of how you can make simple but highly effective shifts in everything from your social media to your email marketing - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 22, 2022
Why You Should Manage Your Energy, Not Your Time
As an online business owner, how many years have you gone into the holiday season saying, “This time will be different. I’ll balance the busyness AND finish the year strong!”? Truthfully, this was always my hope, but rarely my reality as I tried to grow a business AND juggle everything else. Until I learned that the key was NOT managing your time, but rather managing your ENERGY — and this is exactly what I’m breaking down for you today! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: Why learning to manage your energy is the secret sauce to getting through not just the holidays, but any busy or unexpected season The two types of time you have and why understanding them can help you grow a business What you have control over as an online business owner and how to harness it - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 15, 2022
The Hidden Revenue Stream You're Ignoring In Your Business | Grant Baldwin
What is one marketing asset in your online business that you’re not currently tapping into? (HINT: You already have this in your possession!) If you’re not sure what the answer is, this episode is where you need to be! Today’s guest, Grant Baldwin is an expert at helping people share their meaningful messages with the masses as they also grow a business (he’s actually the one who gave me the courage to do this!). BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: How to show up as a voice of authority as an online business owner The way to make your marketing content more engaging and relatable How to exponentially grow a business as you reach new audiences with your message - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 08, 2022
The Key Systems of a 7-Figure Business | Kate Erickson
As a digital entrepreneur, how often do you feel like you’re running your business by the seat of your pants? The more scattered you feel in your business, the more you also feel like your dream of learning how to earn more and work less just isn’t possible. Thankfully, today’s guest, Kate Erickson, is here to share with you that it’s not only possible, but she’s giving you the inside scoop on the business systems you need to get there! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: The 3 things you need as a digital entrepreneur before you can put a content system in place Calendar hacks that show you how to earn more and work less by saving you HOURS of time each week One of the business systems you absolutely need if you want to run your company like a 7-figure entrepreneur Episode Links: Connect with Kate - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, November 01, 2022
The Winning Formula for Lasting Success | Jordan Harbinger
As an online entrepreneur trying to grow a business, what does success look like for you? For most of us, it’s not about a bigger paycheck (although, that definitely doesn’t hurt!), it’s also about the greater influence we can have. Jordan Harbinger, a former lawyer turned 7-figure entrepreneur and prolific podcaster, definitely knows a thing or two about success, and today, he’s sharing the secrets behind how to grow a business and create a massive impact in the process. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: Why it’s so important as an online entrepreneur to be devoted to your craft The REAL reason you may not currently be finding the success you want Episode Links: Check out Jordan's podcast: The Jordan Harbinger Show - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 25, 2022
Steal This Simple System to Stand Out Online
What business systems do you currently have to support your visibility? Whether they call it a “visibility system” or not, ALL visionary leaders have a marketing plan for consistently and authentically showing up in their space. And this week, I’m sharing my visibility system that will help you win the organic marketing game, position yourself as a recognized authority, and start getting the leads and sales you deserve! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: What being “more visible” actually means and how the visionary leaders you follow create their business systems to do this How you can begin marketing and showing up consistently so you will be seen as the go-to expert in your niche The way to keep your name in front of people without having to be physically present online every single day (THIS is a game changer!) - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 18, 2022
Why Social Media is the WORST Way to Grow an Engaged Audience
How often do you post social media content, but feel like it falls flat? It’s not just you... Today, we’re talking about why social media is the WORST way to grow a business and an audience! So, if your goal is to grow a highly engaged online community and generate leads and sales consistently for your business, this episode is for you. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The surprising reason you're tanking your growth and engagement — without even knowing it Why social media content is the WORST way to grow a business and your following Characteristics of short-term lead generation solutions versus long-term ones — and which one is actually better for your business - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 11, 2022
3 Reasons You're Getting Overlooked in Your Niche
How consistent is the current lead generation in your business? If you’re like most of the online business owners in my community, you have SO much to offer your people, but you’re OVER creating endless social media content that doesn’t produce results. That’s why this week, I’m kicking off a new series that reveals the exact marketing strategies our team has used to double social engagement, 3x the growth of our list, increase our open rates, AND boost our revenue to steady five-figure months. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: My personal experience with the organic strategies most online business owners try The 3 major mistakes causing you and your marketing efforts to get overlooked in your niche Why you HAVE to start creating more social media content than you consume - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, October 04, 2022
Are these Sales Mistakes Tanking Your Income? | Jeremy Miner
How many major sales mistakes have you made as you’ve tried to grow a business? You may not think it’s very many, but in today’s episode, we’re uncovering surprising missteps that could be tanking your ability to earn more money and causing you to repel potential clients. Internationally recognized sales trainer Jeremy Miner is here to give you the insider secrets that today’s top online entrepreneurs use to close more sales. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: What it means to be a problem finder — and why this is so essential to the sales process The key difference between selling and making an offer The biggest sales mistakes online entrepreneurs make that keep them from generating the income they want as they grow a business Episode Links Join Jeremy's Facebook Group - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 27, 2022
Should YOU Launch a Podcast? | Ken Westgaard
You’ve seen lots of information floating around on how to start a podcast, but how do you know if podcast marketing is really is for you? Maybe you’re afraid of the tech or of not coming across like an expert, OR maybe you’re afraid of wasting time on something that might not be successful. I get it, and that’s why today, I’m sharing a recent interview I did on Ken Westgaard’s show, the OMG I’m Launching podcast, that dives deep into the perfect candidates for podcasting (and what I share may just surprise you)! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: How to tell if you or your business is ready for a podcast My proven strategy for how to start a podcast and how to launch it — something I rarely teach outside of private workshops What you need to do if you want to be truly successful at podcast marketing Episode Links: Check out Ken Westgaard's podcast: The OMG I'm Launching Podcast - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 20, 2022
The Secret to Hitting Any Goal You Ever Set | Hal Elrod
When was the last time life got in the way of you hitting your goals? We’ve all been there, but it can feel especially frustrating when you’re a highly-driven online business owner who has big dreams. Thankfully, today’s guest, Hal Elrod, is here to help you solve that problem once and for all as he shares secrets to hitting your goals that go far beyond the standard goal setting and productivity hacks you’re tried. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The surprisingly simple reason you haven’t been hitting your goals — even if you’ve tried every productivity hack in the book 3 fail-proof secrets for achieving goals as an online business owner, no matter what life is throwing at you The #1 reason you need a personal system for self-growth and development Episode Links Check out Hal's book: The Miracle Morning and his app, Miracle Morning Connect with Hal: Instagram | Website - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 13, 2022
The Science Behind Imposter Syndrome
As an online business owner, what are you currently experiencing imposter syndrome about? Whatever it is — we’ve all been there, but the thing is, imposter syndrome is NOT what’s actually keeping you stuck. In this episode, we’re looking at what today’s current thought leaders are doing differently and how you can start growing your business using this same approach. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: Why it’s NOT imposter syndrome that’s keeping you stuck The 3 biggest fears that prevent you from growing your business One of the most pivotal mistakes overlooked online business owners make (and what to do instead) - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, September 06, 2022
The #1 Thing Keeping You From Being Seen as an Expert | Alex Sanfilippo
Who’s your favorite expert to start a podcast? Leaders across all industries share phenomenal content and business ideas on their own shows and if you’re not currently one of these leaders, it’s time to consider why. If it’s because you don’t see yourself as an expert in your niche, today’s guest, Alex Sanfilippo is here to share why that’s okay AND why you should dive into podcast marketing anyway! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The biggest mistakes people make when they start a podcast (and how to avoid them) Two things you need to know before using podcast marketing How to turn your podcast idea into an actionable plan Episode Links: Connect with Alex: Instagram | Facebook | Website - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 30, 2022
What Does it (Really) Mean to Run Your Business on Autopilot?
Did you start your online business with the dream of being your own boss, only to wake up one day and realize you’re working harder now than ever before? If you answered yes, chances are you’re an overworked entrepreneur who’s lacking one of the four key systems needed to build a business that runs on autopilot… not one that runs you. Time, energy, and effort are limited resources, so when you depend solely on these to scale a business, you cap your income, influence, and impact. But true visionary leaders operate differently, because they know that inconsistent lead flow and revenue isn’t a reflection of your messaging, your expertise, or your skillset — it’s a problem that goes much deeper, and (lucky for you) is a simple fix. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: Why most people don’t understand what the word “growth” really means The REAL reason your business growth has plateaued (HINT: it’s not the ‘fear of failure’ or ‘fear of success') The number one thing you need to run a successful business (that most entrepreneurs aren’t doing) PLUS: the (hard) question you’ll need to ask yourself + answer if you want to experience more freedom in your life and business Episode Links: Connect with Dr. Christine Li: Website | Instagram - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 23, 2022
Want More Engagement from Your Community? Do This | Deirdre Tshien
How many of the people you attract with your current marketing are the right people for your brand? When you’re trying to grow a business, simply getting more eyes on your social media content doesn’t cut it! The key to real growth is to grab the attention of your ideal audience and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Deirdre Tshien is here to help you do! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: 8 mental models that will help you cut through the marketing noise and grab the attention of your ideal people The simple “Honey Trap” system you can use with your social media content to convert more of your followers into leads Why attracting an aligned audience is the secret to grow a business Episode Links Join Capsho Check out Deirdre's podcast: Win The Content Game Connect with Deirdre: Website | Instagram - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 16, 2022
Use This Rapid Audience-Building Formula to Get More Leads | Christina Jandali
When you list your top three struggles as an online business owner, does lead generation make the cut? If your answer is, “YES!!”, you’re not alone! Today’s guest, Christina Jandali, is an expert when it comes to business growth strategies and she’s worked with thousands of entrepreneurs across the globe to teach them how to scale a business using organic leads. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The #1 reason lead generation can feel like such a struggle for online entrepreneurs Which business growth strategies you should be focusing on for your specific business How to scale a business quickly with niching - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 09, 2022
The Systems You Need to Go From Zero to 7 Figures | Allison Williams
What business systems are you currently using in your company? If you’ve struggled to implement effective systems as an online entrepreneur, know that you’re not alone! Today’s guest, Allison Williams is here to help you systemize your operations and grow your revenue, so you can have more time to focus on what you love and finally become the visionary leader in your business! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: How business systems allowed Allison to turn her start-up into a multi-million dollar business in 3.5 years The systems all online entrepreneurs should get in place ASAP, no matter what stage of business you’re in How to fire yourself from the day-to-day tasks so you can start leading your business as the visionary leader - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, August 02, 2022
How to Write Words that Sell | Anna Powers
How often do you sit down to work on your email marketing and instead just stare at the endless blinking cursor on your screen? As an online business owner, you know you should be sending emails to your list, but when you finally do, they frequently fall flat. This week, I’m talking with Conversion Copywriter, Sara Powers and she’s giving us the inside scope on all things emails PLUS the email marketing tips you need now! BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: How to master the email marketing tips you need to recession-proof your business The psychology of messaging and how to use it for email marketing that converts The online business owner’s complete guide to selling more of your products, programs, or services through email Episode Links: Get a copy of Anna's free copywriting guide - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 26, 2022
Why Your Business Needs a Podcast | John Lee Dumas
How many of your recent marketing ideas have fallen flat despite your best efforts Marketing and visibility for digital business owners are HARD and if they’re something you struggle with, know that you’re not alone. Today, I’m joined by the infamous John Lee Dumas — one of the most successful podcasters of all time — as he shares why podcasting is THE key to making consistent revenue and how to grow a podcast for your business. In this episode, you're going to learn: The marketing ideas that allowed John to take his podcast from zero to eight figures in just a few short years The hardest lessons he learned along the way (and what they mean for other digital business owners) How he became one of the most well-known podcasters in the entrepreneurial space — and how you can grow a podcast too Episode Links: Check out John's podcast: Entrepreneurs on Fire - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 19, 2022
Steal My Simple Visibility System
Does your current visibility system include podcast marketing? If not, it’s time to consider not just how to start a podcast, but how an intentional, well-positioned podcast can massively change your business. This week, I’m sharing an interview I did with Katherine Beck on her globally ranked show where I spell out why I started my podcast and why you need one too if you want to grow a business exponentially over the next 3-5 years. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: Why I started my podcast and why I firmly believe in the power of podcast marketing How to start a podcast so that you can be seen as an expert in your niche The REAL truth about social media (and why it’s a waste of your time when trying to grow a business) - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 12, 2022
Want to Survive the Recession? Focus on Your Customer Experience | Jared Loman
When was the last time you thought about the customer experience in your business? In the midst of a recession, it’s essential to examine ALL of your business systems and processes to ensure that you not only survive these harder economic times, but grow despite them. Today, I’m talking with Jared Loman, VP of customer experience at Kajabi, to find out their secret sauce for creating a stellar customer experience, and why this is so important for online business owners. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH: The simplest way to create more revenue in your business this month WITHOUT creating new offers or raising your prices What it’s costing you (in real revenue) NOT to have a deliverability system as one of your key business systems How online business owners make or break their customer experience and their ability to retain clients and earn referrals - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, July 05, 2022
Debunking the Myths of Online Business | Stacy Tuschl
Be honest... When was the last time you compared yourself to other online business owners? As entrepreneurs, all too often your biggest roadblock to success is YOU and that’s exactly where intentional implementation comes in! This week, I’m chatting with Forbes-Featured small business expert, Stacy Tuschl about how to quiet the mind chatter that’s getting in the way of your ability to grow a business and scale your impact. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: The truth about online business owners that no one is talking about The importance of intentional implementation Why the word “if” is limiting your ability to succeed and grow a business - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 28, 2022
Insider Secrets to Conduct Interviews with Confidence
Is your current interview process allowing you to bring the best people onto your team? Online business owners often struggle to find and use the right strategies and processes for the unique nature of virtual interviews. That’s why today I’m sharing the interview and hiring tips you actually need as a digital entrepreneur to land your dream team. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: Essential hiring tips — including the step-by-step interview process that’s helped us build our amazing team The exact steps online business owners need to set up an effective virtual interview AND what questions you should ask in an interview What a test project is and why you should have every candidate complete one before interviewing them PLUS, you’ll discover what to do when you’re ready to make someone an offer, and what to do if you don’t want to make someone an offer. - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 21, 2022
Which Position Should You Hire for First (or Next)?
When it comes to growing your team, what is the worst part of the hiring and interview process for you? As an online entrepreneur, it can be super stressful to not only know what position you should hire for next (or first!), but also to find the right person for your team. Thankfully, it doesn’t have to be complicated and with the hiring tips I’m sharing today, you’ll be able to weed out those less than ideal candidates and find the best fit for your business. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: My foolproof, 4-step hiring and interview process to find high-quality team players as an online entrepreneur What to say in your job description & how to structure your application to bring in the right people The hiring tips you need to know which applicants are worth interviewing AND what to do when an applicant isn’t a good fit PLUS: I’m giving you the inside scoop on whether you should discuss salary in an interview or not. - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 14, 2022
How Do You Know When It's Time To Hire?
Do you know the first position that most online business owners hire for on their team? While hiring someone like a VA or social media media certainly seems like one of the best ways to grow a business, if you don’t learn how to hire the right person it can be extremely costly. That’s why this week, I’m giving you the hiring tips you need to know when it's time to hire and more importantly, WHO you should be bringing onto your team. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY KNOWING: How to hire the right person for the RIGHT POSITION in your business (HINT: Your first hire should not be a social media manager or a VA.) The #1 thing that’s keeping you from trusting your team members and fully letting go, so you can grow a business How much it really costs to hire someone and the hiring tips you need to make it worth it - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, June 07, 2022
Steal Our 4-Part Hiring System
On a scale from 1 to 10, how confident do you feel in your current hiring and interview process? As a business owner, learning how to hire the right person is vital. That’s why this week, I’m covering the hiring tips you need to know to find success and build your dream team. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: Actionable hiring tips — including the simplest hack for deciding who to hire first How to hire the right person using my proven 4-step system and interview process How to quickly assess your current team members to determine if they are a good fit for your team and your company vision PLUS: The key thing to look for in an applicant that will make or break any team member relationship down the road - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, May 31, 2022
Is Podcasting Worth Your Time? | Travis Chappell
When was the last time you Googled “how to start a podcast” or “should I start a podcast”? If you’ve been curious about podcasting and whether or not it’s the right way for YOU to grow a business, this week’s guest is 100% for you! My friend, Travis Chappell — host of the Build Your Network podcast and founder of the new tool Guestio — is here to reveal the truth about podcast marketing as a growth strategy for your business. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER: How to start a podcast AND how much time it really takes to host a high-quality show Who can grow a business with podcast marketing (and who can’t) What Guestio is and why you should be using it to get more visible Episode Links: Click HERE to join Guestio! - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.
Tue, May 24, 2022
7 Tricks to Stop Overcommitting
When was the last time you felt really good about your work-life balance? If you’re like most of the female entrepreneurs I know and serve, you’re trapped in a cycle of being overcommitted and overworked. Today, we’re getting to the root cause of why you’re stuck, how to bust free, AND how to create a calendar that leads to more productivity and more time for what you love. BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN: Why you’re stuck in the overcommitment cycle that’s robbing you from work-life balance The difference between working IN your business and ON your business that many female entrepreneurs miss How I streamline my calendar for maxmize productivity and ease - Support the show Liked this episode? Share it with a fellow podcaster! Love this show? Say thanks by leaving a positive review. Register for Courtney's Free Podcasting Workshop : How to 10x Your Business with a Podcast in 2025 Schedule a 1:1 Podcasting Audit with Courtney. Curious about PodLaunch®? Book a Demo to see if our podcasting mentorship is the right fit for you and get the podcasting advice you need to grow your show. Connect with Courtney: Linked In | Instagram | PodLaunch HQ ©Ⓟ 2018–2025 by Courtney Elmer. All Rights Reserved.

Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast with Courtney Elmer | Podcasting Strategy for Business Growth

Why Your Social Posts Aren’t Driving Podcast Growth

How to Position Your Podcast So People Want to Work With You | Cheryl Fischer

Q + A | How Much Should You Actually Teach Inside Your Podcast Episodes?

How to Grow Your Podcast Audience and Email List at the Same Time | Jay Schwedelson

What to Post on LinkedIn to Grow Your Podcast This Week | Jay Schwedelson

Use This Podcast CTA Framework to Turn Your Listeners Into Leads

Q + A | How Do I Give a Podcast CTA That Doesn't Sound Salesy?

Fix My Pod | Not Getting Listener Feedback? You're Probably Missing This One Thing

The 5 Podcasting Metrics No One's Teaching (That Actually Tell You If Your Show is Growing)

Why Spotify’s New “Plays” Feature Actually Hurts Independent Podcasters

8 Ways to Fill a Content Gap Without Sounding Unprepared

Q + A | How Do You Fit Time to Prep Your Podcast Into Your Schedule?

How Long Should Your Podcast Episodes Be? The Answer Might Surprise You

The Spending Strategy Behind Podcasts That Make Money | Danielle Hayden

This One Belief Is Costing You Podcast Revenue | Danielle Hayden

Is It Time to Rebrand Your Podcast? Here Are the Signs to Look For | Desiree Petrich

What to Do When Podcasting Starts Feeling Pointless | Ande Lyons

How to Lead Guest Interviews That Make Listeners Want to Binge Your Show

The 3 Biggest Reasons Your Listeners Tune Out During Your Guest Episodes

Q + A | Should You Use PodPage or Add Your Podcast to Your Own Website Instead?

If You’re Podcasting Consistently and Still Not Growing, This Is Why | Krissy Bold

How to Train for Rejection and Use It to Grow Your Podcast Faster | Alice Draper

The Real Reason You’re Still Sitting on That Guest or Sponsor Pitch | Alice Draper

Fix My Pod | Too Niche to Grow? Here's How to Tell

Fix My Pod | Tired of Guessing What Listeners Want? We Nailed It in 20 Minutes

The Dark Side of Video Podcasting (And Why So Many Regret It) | Alban Brooke, Buzzsprout

4 Podcast Growth Myths Debunked by Buzzsprout’s Head of Marketing | Alban Brooke

How to Make Your Podcast Worth Every Second You Spend on It | Jennifer Edmonds

Q + A | Can’t Break 100 Downloads an Episode? Let’s Fix That

What to Include in Your Guest Release Form for Total Protection | Gordon Firemark

The Legal Blind Spots That Could Shut Down Your Podcast | Gordon Firemark

Q + A | 4 Key Signs Your Podcast Is Hooking Listeners (or Losing Them)

Why Your Podcast Isn’t Growing (Even If Your Content Is Great)

4 Ways to Upgrade Your Podcast Gear Without Overspending | Junaid Ahmed

The Secret to a Home Studio Setup That Commands Authority | Junaid Ahmed

How to Make Your Podcast the One Listeners Can’t Ignore | Janine Mix

AI Voice Cloning Will Kill Your Podcast’s Growth. Here’s Why.

The Type of Content that Turns Listeners Into Superfans | Bryan Fittin

How Video Can Make (or Break) Your Podcast | Bryan Fittin

How Profitable Podcasters Think About Monetization

Why Your Podcast Isn’t Paying You Yet (And What to Do About It)

Why Most Podcasts Struggle to Make Money (and How to Fix It) | Kevin Chemidlin

The Two Silent Killers of Podcast Growth | Kevin Chemidlin

The State of Podcasting Today and Where It’s Headed

Why Failure Fuels Better Podcasting | Corey Kareem, Spotify

What Spotify’s New Tools Mean for Your Podcast Growth | Corey Kareem, Spotify

What Starting a Podcast Can Do for Your Business | Kathryn Thompson

So You Got a One-Star Review. Here’s Your Next Move.

How to Build a Podcast Content Strategy That Actually Sells | Jeremy Enns

The Secret to a Podcast People Can’t Stop Talking About | Jeremy Enns

Q + A | Why "If You Build It, They Will Come" Is the Biggest Lie in Podcasting

4 Podcast Growth Strategies You Haven’t Tried Yet (But Should) | Vinnie Potestivo

Want More Engaged Listeners? Get Them Talking Back | Pat Cheung

My Biggest Lessons (and Mistakes) from 5 Years and 300 Episodes of Podcasting

Stop Doing This if You Want to Grow Your Podcast

Starting a Podcast That Builds Your Business (and Your Self Belief) | Dr. Christine Li

4 Must-Know Podcasting Predictions to Capitalize On This Year | James Cridland, Podnews

What’s Changing in Podcasting and How to Stay Ahead | James Cridland, Podnews

The Exact SEO Keywords You Need to Get Your Podcast Found

How to Hit the Top 5 in Apple and Spotify Search Results

Launching a Top Podcast in an Unlikely Niche | Laura Brazan

How to Turn Your Podcast Description Into a Listener Magnet

The One Thing Podcasters Should Track Instead of Downloads | Tom Rossi

Why Audio-Only Podcasting Still Dominates | Tom Rossi

The Right and Wrong Way to Start Using YouTube for Your Podcast | Erika Vieira

The Real Pros and Cons of Podcasting on YouTube | Erika Vieira

Q + A | How Often Should You Really Be Releasing Episodes?

BTS: Steal Our Formula for Choosing Guests Who Build Your Podcast's Authority

Exactly What to Say to Get Your Podcast Guests to Share Their Episode | Kelly Mosser

Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This) | Kelly Mosser

Creating a Podcast That Attracts New Clients Every Month | Flora McCormick

3 Types of Podcasting Advice You Can Totally Ignore

Which Podcast Ad Strategies are Right For Your Show? | Mike Wiston

The Biggest Mistakes Podcasters Make with Paid Ads | Mike Wiston

Q + A | Should You Script Your Podcast Episodes?

The Psychology Behind Bingeworthy Episode Titles

How to Train Your Podcasting AI to Sound Like You | Michael Katz

Could AI Be Hurting Your Credibility as a Podcaster? | Michael Katz

How to Make a Bold Comeback After Hitting Pause on Your Podcast